QT-2100
Versatile Intelligent Terminal
————————————————————————
Programming Manual
Version 1.0 February 2002
Key Assign
000.NOP
001.CASH
002.CHARGE
006.NB
003.CHECK
008.PRCINQ
011.PRT
004.CREDIT
009.STKINQ
012.CHKP
010.CHAR
013.CLK TRAN
016.NRMRCT
014.TBL TRAN 015.TIP
SIT
REG1 CSpagetti
01
10-10-01 12:34 001234
$20.00 T1
v
1 Spagetti
$20.00 T1
.00
Date
Time
01-10-10
12:34 00
-1.50
ID Character
MC #01
$8.00
Check System
No.
Master
Descriptor
Qty
Price
@1,234.00
@1.00
KP S
PLU0001
$2.00 T1
1
R/J/
PLU0001
12.26
0.00
Slip
2
PLU0002
@20.00
@2.00
Rear
PLU0002
Remo
-0.30
$2.00
$5.00
$8.00
3
P
OK?
Record No.1
P
X
YES
YES
YES
YES
P
4
X/For
P
X/XX
P
5
X/XXX
P
Ketten Bo
Table Range
P
6
Selective
New Check
Old Check
C$8.00
New/Old C
Enter Start range
1
Add Check
End
range
123
2n
Separate
1
76.50
OK?
YES
0.00
c
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Preface
P-3
QT-2100 Programming Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Contents
1. Machine Initialization................................................................ P-8
1-1. How to initialize QT-2100 terminal .............................................................P-8
1-2. How to initialize QT-2100 terminal (add/replace one QT-2100) ............... P-11
1-3. How to flag clear QT-2100 terminal (or INIT2) .........................................P-14
2. Program 5 ................................................................................ P-16
2-1. Programming memory allocation (daily & program).................................P-16
2-2. Programming memory allocation (periodic & work) .................................P-17
2-3. Programming memory allocation file by file .............................................P-18
3. Program 4 ................................................................................ P-24
3-1. Programming key allocation.....................................................................P-24
3-2. Programming key allocation (key location change) .................................P-26
3-3. Programming key allocation.....................................................................P-28
4. Program 3 ................................................................................ P-34
4-1. Programming machine features...............................................................P-34
4-1-1 Programming pulldown group (adding/modifying/deleting group item) ......P-34
4-1-2 Programming set menu table .....................................................................P-36
4-1-3 Programming arrangement ........................................................................P-38
4-1-4 Programming batch X/Z report ...................................................................P-39
4-1-5 Programming the general feature...............................................................P-41
4-1-6 Programming scheduler .............................................................................P-58
4-1-7 Programming check print ...........................................................................P-60
4-1-8 Programming table analysis .......................................................................P-61
4-1-9 Programming tax table ...............................................................................P-62
4-1-10 Programming void table .............................................................................P-65
4-1-11 Programming system connection ...............................................................P-66
4-1-12 Programming I/O parameter.......................................................................P-67
4-1-13 Programming printer connection ................................................................P-70
4-1-14 Programming time zone .............................................................................P-71
4-1-15 Programming time & attendance................................................................P-72
4-1-16 Programming hourly item link.....................................................................P-76
4-1-17 Programming IDC link ................................................................................P-77
4-1-18 Programming Euro .....................................................................................P-78
4-1-19 Programming auto program control............................................................P-79
4-2. Programming clerks .................................................................................P-80
4-2-1 Programming clerk features .......................................................................P-80
4-2-2 Programming operation..............................................................................P-82
4-2-3 Programming commission rate...................................................................P-92
4-2-4 Programming table range...........................................................................P-93
4-2-5 Programming clerk by range ......................................................................P-94
4-2-6 Programming clerk detail..........................................................................P-106
4-2-7 Programming clerk key ID ........................................................................P-107
P-4
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Contents
4-3. Programming key features.....................................................................P-108
4-3-1 Programming PLU features......................................................................P-108
4-3-2 Programming PLU 2nd@ features ........................................................... P-110
4-3-3 Programming subdepartment features ..................................................... P-111
4-3-4 Programming department features........................................................... P-112
4-3-5 Programming by range ............................................................................. P-113
4-3-6 Programming individual program ............................................................. P-116
4-3-7 Programming key function program ......................................................... P-117
4-3-8 Programming shift PLU program ..............................................................P-135
4-3-9 Programming scanning PLU link program................................................P-136
5. Program 2 .............................................................................. P-140
5-1. Character programming .........................................................................P-140
5-1-1 Character programming keyboard............................................................P-140
5-1-2 Inputting characters by code ....................................................................P-142
5-1-3 After completing to input characters .........................................................P-142
5-2. Programming item descriptors ...............................................................P-143
5-2-1 Programming PLU item descriptors .........................................................P-143
5-2-2 Programming PLU 2nd unit price descriptors...........................................P-144
5-2-3 Programming subdepartment descriptors ................................................P-144
5-2-4 Programming department descriptors ......................................................P-145
5-2-5 Programming PLU/subdepartment/department descriptors by range ......P-146
5-2-6 Copying PLU descriptors to PLU 2nd unit price .......................................P-147
5-2-7 Programming function key descriptors .....................................................P-148
5-3. Programming characters and messages ...............................................P-149
5-3-1 Programming receipt message, slip message and guest receipt messageP-149
5-3-2 Programming text recall message ............................................................P-150
5-3-3 Programming order character link ............................................................P-150
5-3-4 Programming fixed totalizer descriptors ...................................................P-151
5-3-5 Programming group character..................................................................P-152
5-3-6 Programming special characters ..............................................................P-152
5-3-7 Programming report headers ...................................................................P-154
5-3-8 Programming endorsement message ......................................................P-155
5-3-9 Programming GT character ......................................................................P-155
6. Program 1 .............................................................................. P-158
6-1. Presetting date and time ........................................................................P-158
6-2. Programming unit price and rate............................................................P-159
6-2-1 Programming PLU unit price ....................................................................P-159
6-2-2 Programming PLU 2nd unit price .............................................................P-160
6-2-3 Programming PLU unit price and PLU 2nd unit price...............................P-161
6-2-4 Programming subdepartment unit price ...................................................P-162
6-2-5 Programming department unit price .........................................................P-162
6-2-6 Programming PLU/PLU 2nd@/subdepartment/
department unit price by range................................................................P-163
6-2-7 Copying PLU unit price to PLU 2nd unit price ..........................................P-165
6-2-8 Programming amount or rate to keys .......................................................P-166
6-2-9 Programming unit price of shift PLU.........................................................P-167
P-5
QT-2100 Programming Manual
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Contents
7. Program 6 .............................................................................. P-170
7-1. Program read general procedure...........................................................P-170
7-2. Program read report sample ..................................................................P-171
7-2-1 Unit Price/Qty ...........................................................................................P-171
7-2-2 Item Descriptor .........................................................................................P-172
7-2-3 Character and Message ...........................................................................P-172
7-2-4 Machine feature........................................................................................P-176
7-2-5 Clerk .......................................................................................................P-208
7-2-6 Key feature ...............................................................................................P-220
7-2-7 Keyboard ..................................................................................................P-242
7-2-8 Memory allocation ....................................................................................P-242
Index .............................................................................................. P-244
Program 3 mode Hierarchy .................................................................................P-247
Program 1 mode Hierarchy .................................................................................P-248
Program 2 mode Hierarchy .................................................................................P-248
Program 6 mode Hierarchy .................................................................................P-248
P-6
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1. Machine Initialization.................................................................P-8
1-1. How to initialize QT-2100 terminal ............................................................. P-8
1-2. How to initialize QT-2100 terminal (add/replace one QT-2100) ................P-11
1-3. How to flag clear QT-2100 terminal (or INIT2) ......................................... P-14
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-7
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Initialization
1. Machine Initialization
1-1. How to initialize QT-2100 terminal
Preparation:
1. All peripheral devices and QT-2100 terminals of this cluster
should be turned off.
2. Connect all of the peripheral devices (such as printer, display
etc.) to QT-2100 terminal.
3. Connect all QT-2100 terminals by inline.
Operation:
4. Turn on all peripheral devices of a QT-2100 terminal.
5. Turn on this QT-2100 terminal with pressing the left-most
key of the top row and release the key after buzzer sounds.
6. After releasing the key, enter “2000” (U.S.)/“1000” (other
area) and press the <ST> key.
Date
Time
00-00-00
12:34 00
ID
Date
01-10-10
Ch
Time
12:34 00
MC #01
Master
0
Ch
ID Character
R/
Check System
R/
Check cluster ID
R/
R/J/Order Printer(1) UP-350
Sl
R/J/Order Printer(2) UP-350
R/J/Order Printer(3) UP-350
OK
Slip Printer
OK?
SP-1300
YES
7. Enter the current date (YY/MM/DD order) and time and
press the <YES> key.
Date
01-10-10
12:34 00
MC #01
0
Time
ID Character
Check cluster ID
Check System
Master
R/J/Order Printer(1) UP-350
R/J/Order Printer(2) UP-350
R/J/Order Printer(3) UP-350
Slip Printer
SP-1300
OK?
YES
8. In ID character field, the auto-defined ID No. is shown.
We recommend that you should not change the value.
Date
01-10-10
12:34 00
MC #01
0
Time
ID Character
Check cluster ID
Check System
Master
R/J/Order Printer(1) UP-350
R/J/Order Printer(2) UP-350
R/J/Order Printer(3) UP-350
Slip Printer
SP-1300
9. In this field, the check cluster No, should be set, if your check
tracking system are divided in some clusters.
OK?
YES
(Enter cluster No. “1” ~ “9”, if you use check cluster system.)
P-8
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Date
01-10-10
12:34 00
MC #01
0
Time
ID Character
Check cluster ID
Check System
Master
R/J/Order Printer(1) UP-350
R/J/Order Printer(2) UP-350
R/J/Order Printer(3) UP-350
Slip Printer
SP-1300
10. In this field, you can select “1. Master/2. Backup Master/3.
Satellite/4.Selfmaster.”
OK?
YES
Please select one of these options and press the <YES> key.
Date
01-10-10
12:34 00
MC #01
0
Time
ID Character
Check cluster ID
Check System
Master
R/J/Order Printer(1) UP-350
R/J/Order Printer(2) UP-350
R/J/Order Printer(3) UP-350
Slip Printer
SP-1300
OK?
YES
11. In these fields, you can select, “1. No/2. UP-350/3. SA-3015/
4. UP-250” for R/J/Order printer.
Please select one of these options and press the <YES> key.
Date
01-10-10
12:34 00
0
Time
Check cluster ID
ID Character
Check System
MC #01
Master
R/J/Order Printer(1) UP-350
R/J/Order Printer(2) UP-350
R/J/Order Printer(3) UP-350
Slip Printer
SP-1300
OK?
YES
12. In this field, you can select, “1. No/2. SA-3015/3. SP-1300”
for slip printer.
Please select one of these options and press the <YES> key.
Date
01-10-10
12:34 00
0
Time
Check cluster ID
ID Character
Check System
MC #01
Master
R/J/Order Printer(1) UP-350
R/J/Order Printer(2) UP-350
R/J/Order Printer(3) UP-350
Slip Printer
SP-1300
OK?
YES
13. Please confirm all of the field and if they are all right, press
the <YES> key to proceed the next step.
INIT
10-10-01 12:34
000000
AUTO PGM
YES
1.No Restore/Receive
2.PGM Restore (CF Card)
3.PGM Receive (Inline)
14. If you want to download program data from other terminal or
CF card, select the appropriate menu and press the <YES>
key and proceed the next step.
If you don't need to download any program data, just select
“1. No Restore/Receive” and press the <YES> key.
If you have another machine to initialize, return to step 4.
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-9
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Initialization
Program copy from other terminal.
INIT
10-10-01 12:34
000000
Received Data
All PGM
MC #05
PGM Receive from
OK?
YES
15. In this field, you can select the receiving contents as “1. All
Data (including totalizer)/2. All PGM (program only).”
0.00
INIT
10-10-01 12:34
000000
Received Data
All PGM
MC #05
PGM Receive from
OK?
YES
0.00
16. Inthisfield,youshouldenterthesourceIDnumberofthedata
and press the <YES> key.
INIT
10-10-01 12:34
000000
Received Data
All PGM
MC #05
PGM Receive from
OK?
YES
17. Please confirm all of the fields and if they are all right, press
the <YES> key to proceed downloading.
Aftercompletionofdownloading, returntostep4toinitialize
other terminals.
0.00
Restore from CF card.
INIT
10-10-01 12:34
000000
Data Restore
1.PLUPGM1 .004
2.PLUPGM2 .004
3.STORE-AA.090
4.STORE-BB.090
15. Insert the CF card into the slot and select the appropriate file
and press the <YES> key.
0.00
STORE-AAA.090
Are you sure to restore?
16. After the confirmation window is shown, press the <YES>
key to proceed restoring.
0.00
Aftercompletionofdownloading, returntostep4toinitialize
other terminals.
P-10
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
1-2. How to initialize QT-2100 terminal (add/replace one QT-2100)
Preparation:
1. All peripheral devices and QT-2100 terminals of this cluster
should be turned off.
2. Connect all of the peripheral devices (such as printer, display
etc.) to this QT-2100 terminal.
3. Connect this QT-2100 terminal to inline.
Operation:
4. Turn on all peripheral devices of this QT-2100 terminal.
And turn on all QT-2100 except this terminal of the cluster.
5. Turn on this QT-2100 terminal with pressing the left-most
key of the top row and release the key after buzzer sounds.
6. After releasing the key, enter “2000” (U.S.)/“1000” (other
area) and press the <ST> key.
Date
Time
00-00-00
12:34 00
ID
Ch
Date
01-10-10
12:34 00
MC #01
Master
0
Ch
Time
R/
ID Character
R/
Check System
R/
Check cluster ID
Sl
R/J/Order Printer(1) UP-350
R/J/Order Printer(2) UP-350
OK
R/J/Order Printer(3) UP-350
Slip Printer
SP-1300
OK?
YES
7. Enter the current date (YY/MM/DD order) and time and
press the <YES> key.
Date
01-10-10
12:34 00
MC #01
0
Time
ID Character
Check cluster ID
Check System
Master
R/J/Order Printer(1) UP-350
R/J/Order Printer(2) UP-350
R/J/Order Printer(3) UP-350
Slip Printer
SP-1300
OK?
YES
8. In ID character field, the auto-defined ID No. is shown.
Please check if the same value is set in this field.
We recommend that you should not change the value.
Date
01-10-10
12:34 00
MC #01
Master
0
Time
ID Character
Check System
Check cluster ID
R/J/Order Printer(1) UP-350
R/J/Order Printer(2) UP-350
R/J/Order Printer(3) UP-350
Slip Printer
SP-1300
9. In this field, you can select “1. Master/2. Backup Master/3.
Satellite/4.Selfmaster.”
OK?
YES
Please choose former options and press the <YES> key.
Date
01-10-10
12:34 00
MC #01
Master
0
Time
ID Character
Check System
Check cluster ID
R/J/Order Printer(1) UP-350
R/J/Order Printer(2) UP-350
R/J/Order Printer(3) UP-350
Slip Printer
SP-1300
10. In this field, the check cluster No, should be set, if your check
tracking system are divided in some clusters.
OK?
YES
(Enter cluster No. “1” ~ “9”, if you use check cluster system.)
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-11
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Initialization
Date
01-10-10
12:34 00
MC #01
Master
0
Time
ID Character
Check System
Check cluster ID
R/J/Order Printer(1) UP-350
R/J/Order Printer(2) UP-350
R/J/Order Printer(3) UP-350
Slip Printer
SA-1300
11. In these fields, you can select, “1. No/2. UP-350/3. SA-3015/
4. UP-250” for R/J/Order printer.
OK?
YES
Please choose former option and press the <YES> key.
Date
01-10-10
12:34 00
MC #01
Master
0
Time
ID Character
Check System
Check cluster ID
R/J/Order Printer(1) UP-350
R/J/Order Printer(2) UP-350
R/J/Order Printer(3) UP-350
Slip Printer
SP-1300
12. In this field, you can select, “1. No/2. SA-3015/3. SP-1300”
for slip printer.
OK?
YES
Please choose former options and press the <YES> key.
Date
01-10-10
12:34 00
MC #01
Master
0
Time
ID Character
Check System
Check cluster ID
R/J/Order Printer(1) UP-350
R/J/Order Printer(2) UP-350
R/J/Order Printer(3) UP-350
Slip Printer
SP-1300
OK?
YES
13.Please confirm all of the field and if they are all right, press the
<YES> key to proceed the next step.
INIT
10-10-01 12:34
000000
AUTO PGM
YES
1.No Restore/Receive
2.PGM Restore (CF Card)
3.PGM Receive (Inline)
14. If you want to download program data from other terminal or
CF card, select the appropriate menu and press the <YES>
key and proceed the next step.
If you don't need to download any program data, just select
“1. No Restore/Receive” and press the <YES> key. (The
initialization is completed.)
P-12
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program copy from other terminal.
INIT
10-10-01 12:34
000000
Received Data
All PGM
MC #05
PGM Receive from
OK?
YES
15. In this field, you can select the receiving contents as “1. All
Data (including totalizer)/2. All PGM (program only).”
0.00
INIT
10-10-01 12:34
000000
Received Data
All PGM
MC #05
PGM Receive from
OK?
YES
16. Inthisfield,youshouldenterthesourceIDnumberofthedata
and press the <YES> key.
0.00
INIT
10-10-01 12:34
000000
Received Data
All PGM
MC #05
PGM Receive from
OK?
YES
0.00
17. Please confirm all of the fields and if they are all right, press
the <YES> key to proceed downloading. (The initialization
is completed.)
Restore from CF card.
INIT
10-10-01 12:34
000000
Data Restore
1.PLUPGM1 .004
2.PLUPGM2 .004
3.STORE-AA.090
4.STORE-BB.090
15. Insert the CF card into the slot and select the appropriate file
and press the <YES> key.
0.00
STORE-AAA.090
Are you sure to restore?
0.00
16. After the confirmation window is shown, press the <YES>
key to proceed restoring. (The initialization is completed.)
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-13
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Initialization
1-3. How to flag clear QT-2100 terminal (or INIT2)
Preparation:
1. All peripheral devices and this QT-2100 terminal should be
turned off.
2. Check the connection of all peripheral devices (such as
printer, display etc.) of this QT-2100 terminal.
3. Check the connection of this QT-2100 terminal to inline.
Operation:
4. Turn on all peripheral devices of this QT-2100 terminal.
5. Turn on this QT-2100 terminal with pressing the right-most
key of the top row and release the key after buzzer sounds.
6. After releasing the key, press the <ST> key.
10-10-01 12:34
INIT
1.Flag Clear
2.INIT2
0.00
7. Select “1. Flag Clear” and press the <YES> key.
The flag clear operation is finished.
Note:
Performing “Init 2” requires password “8888888888” .
P-14
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2. Program 5 .................................................................................P-16
2-1. Programming memory allocation (daily & program)................................. P-16
2-2. Programming memory allocation (periodic & work) ................................. P-17
2-3. Programming memory allocation file by file ............................................. P-18
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-15
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 5
2. Program 5
2-1. Programming memory allocation (daily & program)
Operation:
P5C01
10-10-01 12:34
000000
1. Sign on a clerk (if necessary).
PGM-5
1.Memory Alloc
0.00
2. Press <PGM MODE> repeatedly to assign Program 5 mode.
Memory Alloc
Memory Alloc
1.Daily & PGM
2.Periodic & Work
3.Individual File
0.00
3. Select “1. Daily & PGM” and press the <YES> key.
Daily & PGM
Daily & PGM
Daily & PGM
Cashier/Clerk
15
3
Scanning PLU link
100^
20
30
0
Order Chara Link
10^
10
Check Tracking Tables
Pulldown Group
Set Menu Table
Sub-Department
Department
Void File
Items/Table
Item Blocks
60
Free Function
Time Zone
100
1
0
Table Analysis
PLU
10
4
Hourly Production
Hourly Labor
Employee
0
324
324
108v
Group
20
12
99v
0
PLU 2nd@
Shift PLU
Receipt/SLIP Msg
Text Recall
0
Job Code
0v
RAM
22688
RAM
22688
RAM
22688
0.00
0.00
0.00
The remainder of memory
Daily & PGM
Hourly Production
Hourly Labor
Employee
0^
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
4. Select an appropriate file, enter the record numbers you want
to allocate and press the <YES> key.
The lowest row shows the remaining memory.
5. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
Job Code
IDC Link
IDC(1)
IDC(2)
IDC(3)
RAM
22688
0.00
P-16
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
2-2. Programming memory allocation (periodic & work)
Operation:
1. Sign on a clerk (if necessary).
P5C01
10-10-01 12:34
000000
PGM-5
1.Memory Alloc
0.00
2. Press <PGM MODE> repeatedly to assign Program 5 mode.
Memory Alloc
Memory Alloc
1.Daily & PGM
2.Periodic & Work
3.Individual File
0.00
3. Select “2. Periodic & Work” and press the <YES> key.
Periodic & Work
PLU
Periodic(1) Totalizer
Periodic(2) Totalizer
Consolidation & Work
Except PLU
Yes
No
Yes
Periodic(1) Totalizer
Periodic(2) Totalizer
Consolidation & Work
Yes
No
Yes
RAM
22688
0.00
4. Select an appropriate record and press the <YES> (allocate)
or <NO> (not allocate) key.
5. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
Note:
The Flag Clear operation resets “YES” status. However it does not reallocate the files that
were already allocated on this screen.
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-17
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 5
2-3. Programming memory allocation file by file
If you want to allocate files file by file, follow the procedures below.
Operation:
1. Sign on a clerk (if necessary).
P5C01
10-10-01 12:34
000000
PGM-5
1.Memory Alloc
0.00
2. Press <PGM MODE> repeatedly to assign Program 5 mode.
Memory Alloc
Memory Alloc
1.Daily & PGM
2.Periodic & Work
3.Individual File
0.00
3. Select “3. Individual File” and press the <YES> key.
Individual File
File001
File101
File201
File301
File401
File501
File601
File002
78
78
0
78
78
0
78
70
RAM
612
0.00
4. Select the file number you want to change and enter record
number you want to allocate (“0” means file deletion).
5. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
P-18
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
File
No.
Record Max. No. Work
Attribu-
tion
Allocat-
able
File description
Description
length of records
size
System files
901
902
903
904
999
System connection table
I/O parameter
Printer connection
Consecutive number
System error log
18
5
27
6
33
15
99
5
75
69
81
69
75
Program
Program
Program
Buffer
No
No
No
No
No
11
20
Buffer
Function and total files
001
101
201
301
401
501
601
002
102
202
302
402
502
602
003
103
203
303
403
503
603
004
104
204
304
404
504
604
005
105
205
305
405
505
605
006
106
206
306
406
506
606
009
109
209
309
409
509
609
010
110
Fixed totalizer
(periodic total 1)
(periodic total 2)
(daily consolidation)
(periodic 1 consolidation)
(periodic 2 consolidation)
(consolidation work)
Free function
26
10
10
10
10
10
10
38
10
10
10
10
10
10
54
15
15
15
15
15
15
92
30
30
30
30
30
30
54
15
15
15
15
15
15
26
10
10
10
10
10
10
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
20
78
78
78
78
78
81
75
75
75
75
75
75
99
75
75
75
75
75
75
135
81
81
81
81
81
81
177
99
99
99
99
99
99
135
81
81
81
81
81
81
81
75
75
75
75
75
75
87
87
87
87
87
87
87
87
87
Pgm/Sales
Sales
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
for master
for master
for master
for master
78
78
Buffer
Pgm/Sales
Sales
999
999
999
999
999
999
999
99
99
99
99
99
(periodic total 1)
(periodic total 2)
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
(daily consolidation)
(periodic 1 consolidation)
(periodic 2 consolidation)
(consolidation work)
Subdepaprtment
for master
for master
for master
for master
Buffer
Pgm/Sales
Sales
(periodic total 1)
(periodic total 2)
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
(daily consolidation)
(periodic 1 consolidation)
(periodic 2 consolidation)
(consolidation work)
PLU
for master
for master
for master
for master
99
99
Buffer
Pgm/Sales
Sales
9999
9999
9999
9999
9999
9999
9999
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
(periodic total 1)
(periodic total 2)
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
(daily consolidation)
(periodic 1 consolidation)
(periodic 2 consolidation)
(consolidation work)
Department
for master
for master
for master
for master
Buffer
Pgm/Sales
Sales
(periodic total 1)
(periodic total 2)
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
(daily consolidation)
(periodic 1 consolidation)
(periodic 2 consolidation)
(consolidation work)
Group
for master
for master
for master
for master
Buffer
Pgm/Sales
Sales
(periodic total 1)
(periodic total 2)
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Buffer
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Buffer
Sales
Sales
(daily consolidation)
(periodic 1 consolidation)
(periodic 2 consolidation)
(consolidation work)
Hourly sales
for master
for master
for master
for master
99
96
96
96
96
96
96
96
(periodic total 1)
(periodic total 2)
(daily consolidation)
(periodic 1 consolidation)
(periodic 2 consolidation)
(consolidation work)
Monthly sales
for master
for master
for master
for master
32
32
(periodic total 1)
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-19
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 5
File
Record Max. No. Work
Attribu-
tion
Sales
Sales
Sales
Allocat-
able
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
File description
Description
No.
210
310
410
510
610
012
112
212
312
412
512
612
018
118
218
318
418
518
618
020
120
220
320
420
520
620
055
155
255
355
455
555
655
Clerk
007
030
027
011
111
211
311
411
511
611
length of records
size
(periodic total 2)
20
20
20
20
20
29
10
10
10
10
10
10
32
10
10
10
10
10
10
24
8
32
32
32
32
32
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
87
87
87
87
87
87
75
75
75
75
75
75
93
75
75
75
(daily consolidation)
(periodic 1 consolidation)
(periodic 2 consolidation)
(consolidation work)
Void reason
for master
for master
for master
for master
Sales
Buffer
Pgm/Sale
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Buffer
Pgm/Sale
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Buffer
Pgm/Sale
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Buffer
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
(periodic total 1)
(periodic total 2)
(daily consolidation)
(periodic 1 consolidation)
(periodic 2 consolidation)
(consolidation work)
Table analysis
for master
for master
for master
for master
(periodic total 1)
(periodic total 2)
(daily consolidation)
(periodic 1 consolidation)
(periodic 2 consolidation)
(consolidation work)
Grand total
for master
for master
for master
for master
75
75
75
75
99
99
3
3
(periodic total 1)
(periodic total 2)
69
8
3
69
(daily consolidation)
(periodic 1 consolidation)
(periodic 2 consolidation)
(consolidation work)
Shift PLU
(periodic total 1)
(periodic total 2)
(daily consolidation)
(periodic 1 consolidation)
(periodic 2 consolidation)
(consolidation work)
8
3
69
for master
for master
for master
for master
8
3
69
8
3
69
8
3
69
91
70
70
70
70
70
70
9999
9999
9999
9999
9999
9999
9999
189
147
147
147
147
147
147
for master
for master
for master
for master
Buffer
Clerk
95
4
99
99
200
9801
9801
9801
9801
9801
9801
9801
165
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
Program
Program
Program
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Buffer
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Clerk detail link
Clerk (Dallas) key ID
Clerk detail
(periodic total 1)
(periodic total 2)
(daily consolidation)
(periodic 1 consolidation)
(periodic 2 consolidation)
(consolidation work)
14
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
for master
for master
for master
for master
Time & Attendance
014
114
214
314
414
514
614
019
319
800
801
802
Hourly / Labor
26
26
26
26
26
26
26
18
18
6
96
96
96
96
96
96
96
4158
4158
24
99
99
99
99
99
99
99
111
75
81
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Buffer
Sales
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
(periodic total 1)
(periodic total 2)
(daily consolidation)
(periodic 1 consolidation)
(periodic 2 consolidation)
(consolidation work)
Work time
(daily consolidation)
Time zone
Employee
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
Sales
Program
Program
Program
36
22
99
50
135
87
Job code
Note: Never allocate “Shift PLU” files, if you use “Accumulation for menu totaling specification”.
P-20
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
File
No.
803
Record Max. No. Work
Attribu-
tion
Program
Buffer
Allocat-
able
Yes
File description
Schedule
Description
length of records
size
111
657
11
99
2079
1
806
Time & Attendance work
Yes
Check
015
060
Check Index
Check detail
Check detail work
300
80
80
200
9999
2000
69
69
69
Buffer
Buffer
Buffer
Yes
Yes
Yes
066
Hourly item
021
121
221
321
421
521
621
031
Hourly item
(periodic total 1)
(periodic total 2)
(daily consolidation)
(periodic 1 consolidation)
(periodic 2 consolidation)
(consolidation work)
Hourly item link
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
4
1920
1920
1920
1920
1920
1920
1920
480
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
75
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Buffer
Program
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
for master
for master
for master
for master
IDC
057
357
657
058
358
658
059
359
659
063
804
IDC (1)
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
6
9999
9999
9999
9999
9999
9999
9999
9999
9999
9999
999
69
69
69
69
69
69
69
69
69
69
81
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Sales
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
(consolidation file)
(consolidation work)
IDC (2)
(consolidation file)
(consolidation work)
IDC (3)
(consolidation file)
(consolidation work)
IDC buffer
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
for master
Buffer
Program
IDC link
Program / message / buffer
016
022
023
024
025
026
028
029
032
033
035
036
039
041
044
047
048
648
054
062
065
074
099
905
Scanning PLU link
General control
Special character
Report header
9
6
300
37
58
31
10
999
999
10
48
4
999
2000
9999
9
1000
432/864
1000
12336
9999
99
75
69
69
69
93
189
183
69
69
69
69
69
69
69
69
69
69
69
99
75
69
171
69
75
Program
Program
Program
Program
Program
Program
Program
Program
Program
Program
Buffer
Yes
No
No
16
16
74
103
80
9
40
40
80
80
40
3
40
13
41
41
46
14
16
36
4
No
Tax table
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Pulldown group
Set menu table
Batch X/Z
Receipt/slip message
Endorse message
Print buffer
Registration buffer
Character recall
Check print
Display buffer
Graphic logo
Electronic journal memory
Electronic journal (collection)
PLU 2nd @
Buffer
Program
Program
Buffer
Program
Buffer
for master
Buffer
Program
Program
Program
Program
Program
Program
Scheduler
Order character
Key table
Euro program
Auto program control
99
192
3
Yes
Yes
3
20
Arrangement
038
138
238
338
438
Arrange group (1)
24
24
24
24
24
9999
9999
9999
9999
9999
69
69
69
69
69
Program
Program
Program
Program
Program
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Arrange group (2)
Arrange group (3)
Arrange group (4)
Arrange group (5)
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-21
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 5
P-22
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
3. Program 4 ................................................................................. P-24
3-1. Programming key allocation..................................................................... P-24
3-2. Programming key allocation (key location change).................................. P-26
3-3. Programming key allocation..................................................................... P-28
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-23
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 4
3. Program 4
3-1. Programming key allocation
Operation:
1. Sign on a clerk (if necessary).
P4C01
10-10-01 12:34
000000
PGM-4
1.Keyboard
0.00
2. Put the first level menu sheet on the keyboard.
3. Press <PGM MODE> repeatedly to assign Program 4 mode.
Keyboard
Keyboard
1.Key Assign
2.Key Move
0.00
4. Select “1. Key Assign” and press the <YES> key.
Key Assign
001.CASH
000.NOP
002.CHARGE
003.CHECK
008.PRCINQ
011.PRT
004.CREDIT
009.STKINQ
012.CHKP
006.NB
010.CHAR
013.CLK TRAN
016.NRMRCT
021.PD
014.TBL TRAN 015.TIP
019.LOAN
022.P.UP.
027.-
020.RC
023.COUPON
028.%-
025.DEPOSIT
029.+
030.%+
033.RF
034.VOID
038.RCT
036.CPN2
039.CK.E
037.VLD
040.#
041.#/NS
v
0.00
5. Select an appropriate function and press the <YES> key.
Then press the corresponding key.
Orselectanappropriatefunctionbythefunctioncodelist(see
the next page) and press the corresponding key.
6. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
P-24
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Function
Add check
Code
094
044
047
109
236
001
002
039
012
003
072
013
108
023
036
004
090
045
043
051
135
025
028
219
140
128
207
034
069
063
114
113
136
137
019
000
118
064
080
027
082
006
091
093
016
042
040
041
103
092
Initial character
ADD CHK
Function
Code
067
068
117
078
073
021
022
029
048
115
030
008
049
083
131
038
076
020
033
206
116
119
070
085
095
065
054
056
055
084
009
130
133
134
111
075
058
014
129
057
077
062
011
010
074
015
037
046
122
Initial character
OPEN
Open
OPEN2
OPEN CHK
OPE#
ARG
Arrangement
Bill copy
Open2
BILL
Open Check
Operator number
Operator read/reset
Paid out
BREAK-IN/OUT
CANCEL
CASH
Break-in/out
Cancel
OPE X/Z
PD
Cash amount tendered
Charge
P.UP
CHARGE
CK.E
Pick up
+
Check endorsement
Check print
Check tender
Clerk number
Clerk transfer
Clock-in/out
Coupon
Plus
PLU#
CHKP
PLU
POST ENTRY
%+
CHECK
CLK#
Post Entry
Premium
PRCINQ
PRC
CLK TRANS
CLOCK-IN/OUT
COUPON
CPN2
Price inquiry
Price
QT
Quantity/For
Recall
RECALL
RCT
Coupon 2
CREDIT
XXX
Credit
Receipt
RCT ON/OFF
RC
Cube
Receipt On/OFF
Received on account
Refund
CE
Currency exchange
Customer number
Department
Department number
Deposit
RF
CT
REVERSE
R REPEAT
SEAT#
2nd@
DEPT nn
DEPT#
DEPOSIT
%–
Reverse Display
Round Repeat
Seat number
Second unit price
Selective item subtotal
Separate check
Shift PLU
Discount
SIST
DISP MODE
DUTCH
EAT-IN
EJ DISP
VOID
Display mode
Dutch account
Eat-in
SEP CHK
SFT PLU
SB/R
Electronic journal Disp
Error correct/Void
First unit price
Flat PLU
Slip back feed/Release
Slip feed/Release
Slip print
SF/R
SLIP
1st@
XX
PLU nnnn
HOUSE BON
X/KETTEN
LIST
Square
STKINQ
STORE
SUBDEPT nn
SDPT#
SUBST.
SUBTOTAL
TBL#
House Bon
Stock inquiry
Store
Ketten Bon
List
Subdepartment
Subdepartment number
Substitution
Subtotal
LIST#
LOAN
List number
Loan
NOP
Lock out unused key
Media change
Menu shift
MEDIA CHG
MENU
Table number
Table transfer
Take-out
TABLE TRANS
TAKE-OUT
T/S
MDST
Merchandise subtotal
Minus
–
Tax status shift
Taxable amount subtotal
Tax exempt
Text print
TAST
X
Multiplication
New balance
New check
EXEMPT
PRT
NB
NEW CHK
NEW/OLD
NRMRCT
NS
CHAR
New/Old check
Normal receipt
No sale
Text recall
TRAY TTL
TIP
Tray total
Tip
VLD
#
Non-add
Validation
VAT
#/NS
Non-add/No sale
OBR
VAT
X/Z MODE
OBR
X/Z mode
OLD CHK
Old check
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-25
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 4
3-2. Programming key allocation (key location change)
Operation:
P4C01
10-10-01 12:34
000000
1. Sign on a clerk (if necessary).
PGM-4
1.Keyboard
0.00
2. Press <PGM MODE> repeatedly to assign Program 4 mode.
Keyboard
Keyboard
1.Key Assign
2.Key Move
0.00
3. Select “2. Key Move” and press the <YES> key.
Key Move
Please Press the key which
you want to move.
0.00
4. Press the first key you want to change.
Key Move
Press the new position
of the key.
0.00
5. Press the second key you want to change.
P-26
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Key Move
CASH
<-> CHARGE
Move OK? (YES/NO)
0.00
6. Press the <YES> key after confirmation.
7. Press <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
Keyboard layout
The shadowed key cannot be programmed with any other functions.
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
36
35
34
33
32
31
30
29
28
45
44
43
42
41
40
39
38
37
54
53
52
51
50
49
48
47
46
63
62
61
60
59
58
57
56
55
72
71
70
69
68
67
66
65
64
81
80
79
78
77
76
75
74
73
90
89
88
87
86
85
84
83
82
99
98
97
96
85
94
93
92
91
108
107
106
105
104
103
102
101
100
1
19
REG
ESC/
SKIP
MENU
SHIFT
NEW/OLD
TABLE
TRANS
#/NS
CANCEL VAT
CLK5
c x VOID
7 8 9
4 5 6
1 2 3
0 00 •
MODE
CHK
X/Z
MODE
HOUSE
BON
ADD
CHK
SEAT
No.
PD
COVERS
CH
CR
RC
CLK4
CLK3
CLK2
CLK1
PGM
MODE
PAGE
UP
SEP
CHK
SUBTOTAL
NO
DISP
ON/OFF
CASH AMT
TEND
SUBST.
CHK
HOME
PAGE
DOWN
GUEST
RECEIPT
—
%–
NB
YES
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-27
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 4
3-3. Programming key allocation
Programming different function on the same location of the different menu sheet level.
Method 1
Operation:
First of all, programming one function on one menu sheet by the method of Section 3-1.
Next, issue “5. Function Key” report in the “5. Key Feature” of the “PGM Read Report”
in PGM 6 mode.
And open the function key allocation screen.
1. Sign on a clerk (if necessary).
P4C01
10-10-01 12:34
000000
PGM-4
1.Keyboard
0.00
2. Press <PGM MODE> repeatedly to assign Program 4 mode.
Keyboard
Keyboard
1.Key Assign
2.Key Move
0.00
3. Select “1. Key Assign” and press the <YES> key.
Key Assign
001.CASH
000.NOP
002.CHARGE
003.CHECK
008.PRCINQ
011.PRT
004.CREDIT
009.STKINQ
012.CHKP
006.NB
010.CHAR
013.CLK TRAN
016.NRMRCT
021.PD
014.TBL TRAN 015.TIP
019.LOAN
022.P.UP.
027.-
020.RC
023.COUPON
028.%-
025.DEPOSIT
029.+
030.%+
033.RF
034.VOID
038.RCT
036.CPN2
039.CK.E
037.VLD
040.#
4. Enter the appropriate record number (in 4-digits) and func-
tion code (in 3-digits) and press the corresponding key on the
appropriate menu sheet.
041.#/NS
v
0.00
5. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
P-28
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Method 2
Operation:
In case of allocating different functions from the functions of the same location on the first
level menu sheet, turn the menu sheet or press the <MENU> key and allocate the function
on the menu sheet which you want to put.
1. Sign on a clerk (if necessary).
P4C01
10-10-01 12:34
000000
PGM-4
1.Keyboard
0.00
2. Put on the menu sheet you want to program.
3. Press <PGM MODE> repeatedly to assign Program 4 mode.
Keyboard
Keyboard
1.Key Assign
2.Key Move
0.00
4. Select “1. Key Assign” and press the <YES> key.
Key Assign
001.CASH
000.NOP
002.CHARGE
003.CHECK
008.PRCINQ
011.PRT
004.CREDIT
009.STKINQ
012.CHKP
006.NB
010.CHAR
013.CLK TRAN
016.NRMRCT
021.PD
014.TBL TRAN 015.TIP
019.LOAN
022.P.UP.
027.-
020.RC
023.COUPON
028.%-
025.DEPOSIT
029.+
030.%+
033.RF
034.VOID
038.RCT
036.CPN2
039.CK.E
037.VLD
040.#
041.#/NS
v
0.00
5. Select an appropriate function and press the <YES> key.
Then press the corresponding key.
Orselectanappropriatefunctionbythefunctioncodelist(see
the previous page) and press the corresponding key.
6. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-29
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 4
P-30
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4. Program 3 ................................................................................. P-34
4-1. Programming machine features ............................................................... P-34
4-1-1
4-1-2
4-1-3
4-1-4
Programming pulldown group (adding/modifying/deleting group item)......... P-34
Programming set menu table........................................................................ P-36
Programming arrangement ........................................................................... P-38
Programming batch X/Z report...................................................................... P-39
Programming the general feature ................................................................. P-41
Programming the machine control 1 ............................................................. P-41
Programming the machine control 2 ............................................................. P-42
Programming the machine control 3 ............................................................. P-44
Programming the machine control 4 ............................................................. P-45
Programming the print control....................................................................... P-46
Programming the report control 1 ................................................................. P-47
Programming the report control 2 ................................................................. P-48
Programming the communication ................................................................. P-49
Programming the hourly sales ...................................................................... P-50
4-1-5
4-1-5-1
4-1-5-2
4-1-5-3
4-1-5-4
4-1-5-5
4-1-5-6
4-1-5-7
4-1-5-8
4-1-5-9
4-1-5-10 Programming the slip/guest .......................................................................... P-50
4-1-5-11 Programming the journal control................................................................... P-51
4-1-5-12 Programming the message control ............................................................... P-52
4-1-5-13 Programming the order control ..................................................................... P-52
4-1-5-14 Programming the set menu/condiment ......................................................... P-53
4-1-5-15 Programming the check tracking .................................................................. P-54
4-1-5-16 Programming the clerk interrupt.................................................................... P-54
4-1-5-17 Programming the display control .................................................................. P-55
4-1-5-18 Programming the menu shift 1...................................................................... P-56
4-1-5-19 Programming the menu shift 2...................................................................... P-57
4-1-6
4-1-7
4-1-8
4-1-9
4-1-10
4-1-11
4-1-12
4-1-13
4-1-14
4-1-15
Programming scheduler................................................................................ P-58
Programming check print .............................................................................. P-60
Programming table analysis.......................................................................... P-61
Programming tax table.................................................................................. P-62
Programming void table ................................................................................ P-65
Programming system connection.................................................................. P-66
Programming I/O parameter ......................................................................... P-67
Programming printer connection................................................................... P-70
Programming time zone................................................................................ P-71
Programming time & attendance .................................................................. P-72
4-1-15-1 Programming time & attendance (general) .................................................. P-72
4-1-15-2 Programming time & attendance (job code) ................................................. P-73
4-1-15-3 Programming time & attendance (employee & schedule)............................. P-74
4-1-16
4-1-17
4-1-18
4-1-19
Programming hourly item link ....................................................................... P-76
Programming IDC link................................................................................... P-77
Programming Euro........................................................................................ P-78
Programming auto program control .............................................................. P-79
4-2. Programming clerks ................................................................................. P-80
4-2-1
4-2-2
4-2-2-1
4-2-2-2
4-2-2-3
Programming clerk features.......................................................................... P-80
Programming operation ................................................................................ P-82
Programming clerk control ............................................................................ P-82
Programming menu shift/2nd@ .................................................................... P-83
Programming mode control........................................................................... P-84
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-31
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 3
4-2-2-4
4-2-2-5
4-2-2-6
4-2-2-7
4-2-2-8
4-2-2-9
Programming function control 1 .................................................................... P-85
Programming function control 2 .................................................................... P-86
Programming function control 3 .................................................................... P-87
Programming function control 4 .................................................................... P-88
Programming function control 5 .................................................................... P-89
Programming arrangement control ............................................................... P-90
4-2-2-10 Programming X/Z report control.................................................................... P-91
4-2-3
4-2-4
4-2-5
Programming commission rate ..................................................................... P-92
Programming table range ............................................................................. P-93
Programming clerk by range......................................................................... P-94
Programming clerk control by range ............................................................. P-94
Programming menu shift/2nd@ by range ..................................................... P-95
Programming mode control by range............................................................ P-96
Programming function control 1 by range ..................................................... P-97
Programming function control 2 by range ..................................................... P-98
Programming function control 3 by range ..................................................... P-99
Programming function control 4 by range ................................................... P-100
Programming function control 5 by range ................................................... P-101
Programming arrangement control by range .............................................. P-102
4-2-5-1
4-2-5-2
4-2-5-3
4-2-5-4
4-2-5-5
4-2-5-6
4-2-5-7
4-2-5-8
4-2-5-9
4-2-5-10 Programming X/Z report control by range................................................... P-103
4-2-5-11 Programming commission rate by range .................................................... P-104
4-2-5-12 Programming table range by range ............................................................ P-105
4-2-6
4-2-7
Programming clerk detail ............................................................................ P-106
Programming clerk key ID........................................................................... P-107
4-3. Programming key features ..................................................................... P-108
4-3-1
4-3-2
4-3-3
4-3-4
4-3-5
4-3-5-1
Programming PLU features ........................................................................ P-108
Programming PLU 2nd@ features...............................................................P-110
Programming subdepartment features ........................................................ P-111
Programming department features ..............................................................P-112
Programming by range ................................................................................P-113
General procedure of PLU, PLU 2nd@, subdepartment,
department by range...................................................................................P-114
Programming hierarchy of programming title...............................................P-115
Programming individual program .................................................................P-116
Programming key function program.............................................................P-117
Worksheet for cash, charge, credit and check .............................................P-118
Worksheet for new balance .........................................................................P-119
Worksheet for text print, text recall ............................................................. P-120
Worksheet for check print ........................................................................... P-121
Worksheet for clerk transfer ........................................................................ P-121
Worksheet for table transfer........................................................................ P-121
Worksheet for tip ......................................................................................... P-121
Worksheet for loan, pick up ........................................................................ P-122
Worksheet for received on account, paid out.............................................. P-122
4-3-5-2
4-3-6
4-3-7
4-3-7-1
4-3-7-2
4-3-7-3
4-3-7-4
4-3-7-5
4-3-7-6
4-3-7-7
4-3-7-8
4-3-7-9
4-3-7-10 Worksheet for plus, minus, coupon............................................................. P-123
4-3-7-11 Worksheet for deposit+, deposit– ............................................................... P-124
4-3-7-12 Worksheet for void ...................................................................................... P-124
4-3-7-13 Worksheet for check endorsement ............................................................. P-124
4-3-7-14 Worksheet for discount, premium ............................................................... P-125
4-3-7-15 Worksheet for receipt .................................................................................. P-126
P-32
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4-3-7-16 Worksheet for non-add, non-add/NS .......................................................... P-126
4-3-7-17 Worksheet for customer .............................................................................. P-127
4-3-7-18 Worksheet for arrangement ........................................................................ P-127
4-3-7-19 Worksheet for currency exchange .............................................................. P-128
4-3-7-20 Worksheet for slip ....................................................................................... P-128
4-3-7-21 Worksheet for T/S, TAST ............................................................................ P-128
4-3-7-22 Worksheet for open..................................................................................... P-129
4-3-7-23 Worksheet for open 2.................................................................................. P-129
4-3-7-24 Worksheet for clerk number ........................................................................ P-130
4-3-7-25 Worksheet for operator X/Z......................................................................... P-130
4-3-7-26 Worksheet for subtotal, merchandise subtotal ............................................ P-130
4-3-7-27 Worksheet for cancel .................................................................................. P-131
4-3-7-28 Worksheet for multiplication, quantity/for, square, cube, Ketten Bon.......... P-131
4-3-7-29 Worksheet for selective item subtotal ......................................................... P-131
4-3-7-30 Worksheet for open check .......................................................................... P-131
4-3-7-31 Worksheet for list ........................................................................................ P-131
4-3-7-32 Worksheet for tax exempt ........................................................................... P-132
4-3-7-33 Worksheet for clock-in/clock-out ................................................................. P-132
4-3-7-34 Worksheet for break-in/break-out ............................................................... P-132
4-3-7-38 Worksheet for round repeat ........................................................................ P-133
4-3-7-35 Worksheet for eat-in/take-out...................................................................... P-133
4-3-7-36 Worksheet for store..................................................................................... P-133
4-3-7-37 Worksheet for new check, new/old check ................................................... P-133
4-3-7-39 Worksheet for shift PLU .............................................................................. P-134
4-3-7-40 Worksheet for receipt on/off ........................................................................ P-134
4-3-7-41 Worksheet for old check ............................................................................. P-134
4-3-7-42 Worksheet for Dutch account...................................................................... P-134
4-3-7-43 Worksheet for tray total ............................................................................... P-134
4-3-7-44 Worksheet for recall .................................................................................... P-134
4-3-8
4-3-9
Programming shift PLU program ................................................................ P-135
Programming scanning PLU link program .................................................. P-136
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-33
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 3
4. Program 3
4-1. Programming machine features
Preparation:
1. Sign on a clerk (if necessary).
2. Press <PGM MODE> repeatedly to assign Program 3 mode.
P3C01
10-10-01 12:34
000000
PGM-3
1.Machine Feature
2.Clerk
3.Key Feature
0.00
3. Select “1. Machine Feature” and press the <YES> key.
4-1-1 Programming pulldown group (adding/modifying/deleting group item)
Operation
Machine Feature
Pulldown Group
Pulldown Group
Machine Feature
1.Pulldown Group
2.Set Menu Table
3.Arrangement
1.LIST01
2.LIST02
3.LIST03
4.LIST04
5.LIST05
6.LIST06
7.LIST07
8.LIST08
4.Batch X/Z
5.General Feature
6.Scheduler
7.Check Print
8.Table Analysis
v
v
0.00
0.00
4. Select “1.Pulldown Group” and press the <YES> key.
5. Select an appropriate pulldown group and press the <YES>
key.
6. If it is necessary to modify the message, press the <YES> key
first to enter the characters, and then press the <YES> key.
Pulldown Group
List Title : LIST01
0001-026
Number of Stay down (Max)
Number of Stay down (Min)
0
0
OK?
YES
0.00
Field meaning
1. Number of stay down (Min):
0 = Status, 1 ~ 8 = The number of times for stay down, 9 = No limit
2. Number of stay down (Max):
0 = Status, 1 ~ 8 = The number of times for stay down, 9 = No limit
P-34
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Addition/Modification
LIST01
1.PLU0001
2.PLU0002
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
0.0v0
7. Selectarecordyouwanttoaddanitemormodifytheitemand
press the <YES> key.
LIST01
Item
1.PLU
2.Pulldown Group
0.00
8. Select “1. PLU” or “2. Pull Down Group” you want to
program.
LIST01
LIST01
PLU
1.PLU0001
2.PLU0002
3.PLU0003
4.PLU0004
5.PLU0005
6.PLU0006
7.PLU0007
Pulldown Group
1.LIST01
2.LIST02
3.LIST03
4.LIST04
5.LIST05
6.LIST06
7.LIST07
8.PLU0008
v
8.LIST08
v
0.00
0.00
LIST01
Use LIST Key (if “NO” LIST#)
OK? YES
9. To select an appropriate PLU as an item, select a PLU
directly, enter PLU No. and press the <PLU> key or press the
appropriate <FLAT PLU> key.
10. Repeat step 7 to 9, until completing this pulldown group item
program.
11. Press the <ESC> key to terminate the program and proceed
the next step.
12. If you want to use the <LIST> key, press the <YES> key.
After that, select a <LIST> key by pressing the appropriate
key. When the key you pressed is already used, choose YES
to overwrite.
0.00
LIST01
13. If you do not want to use <LIST> key, press the <NO> key.
14. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
This Key is Already Used.
Overwrite OK? (YES/NO)
0.00
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-35
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 3
Deletion
LIST01
1.PLU0001
2.PLU0002
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
0.0v0
7. Selectthefirstrecordofitemsyouwanttodeleteandpressthe
<NO> key.
LIST01
Item 01-02 Delete OK?
YES
0.00
8. Press the <YES> key.
The selected item and followings are deleted.
9. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
4-1-2 Programming set menu table
Operation
Machine Feature
Machine Feature
1.Pulldown Group
2.Set Menu Table
3.Arrangement
4.Batch X/Z
5.General Feature
6.Scheduler
7.Check Print
8.Table Analysis
v
0.00
4. Select “2. Set Menu Table” and press the <YES> key.
Set Menu Table
Set Menu Table
1.Set Menu (0001)
2.Set Menu (0002)
3.Set Menu (0003)
4.Set Menu (0004)
5.Set Menu (0005)
6.Set Menu (0006)
7.Set Menu (0007)
8.Set Menu (0008)
v
0.00
5. Select an appropriate set menu item and press the <YES>
key.
P-36
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Addition/Modification
Set Menu Table (0001)
1.PLU0001
2.PLU0002
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
0.0v0
6. Select an item record you want to add or modify and
press the <YES> key.
Set Menu Table (0001)
Item
1.PLU
2.PLU 2nd@
3.List
0.00
7. Select “1. PLU”, “2. PLU 2nd@” or “3. List” you want to
program.
Set Menu Table (0001)
Set Menu Table (0001)
PLU
1.PLU0001
2.PLU0002
3.PLU0003
4.PLU0004
5.PLU0005
6.PLU0006
7.PLU0007
LIST
1.LIST01
2.LIST02
3.LIST03
4.LIST04
5.LIST05
6.LIST06
7.LIST07
8.PLU0008
v
8.LIST08
v
0.00
0.00
8. ToselectanappropriatePLUorPLU2md@asanitem,select
a PLU directly, enter PLU No. and press the <PLU> key or
press the appropriate <Touch PLU> key.
Set Menu Table (0001)
Link:PLU0001
OK:
0001-04
YES
To select a list as an item, press the <LIST> key or enter the
significant list number, then press the <LIST #> key.
9. Repeat step 6 to 8, until completing this set menu item
program.
10. Press the <ESC> key to terminate the program and proceed
the next step.
0.00
11. If you want to change the main PLU, press the <YES> key.
Set Menu Table (0001)
PLU
1.PLU0001
2.PLU0002
3.PLU0003
4.PLU0004
5.PLU0005
6.PLU0006
7.PLU0007
8.PLU0008
v
0.00
12. Select the main PLU and press the <YES> key.
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-37
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 3
Deletion
Set Menu Table (0001)
1.PLU0001
2.PLU0002
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
0.0v0
6. Select the smallest record you want to delete the item(s) and
press the <NO> key.
Set Menu Table (0001)
Item 01-02 Delete OK? YES
0.00
7. Press the <YES> key.
8. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
4-1-3 Programming arrangement
Operation
Machine Feature
Machine Feature
1.Pulldown Group
2.Set Menu Table
3.Arrangement
4.Batch X/Z
5.General Feature
6.Scheduler
7.Check Print
8.Table Analysis
v
0.00
4. Select “3. Arrangement” and press the <YES> key.
Arrangement
Arrangement
1.ARG GP1
2.ARG GP2
3.ARG GP3
4.ARG GP4
5.ARG GP5
0.00
5. Select an appropriate record and press the <YES> key.
P-38
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
ARG GP1
0001-038
0002-038
0003-038
0004-038
0005-038
0006-038
0007-038
0008-038
0009-038
0010-038
0011-038
6. Press the <YES> key, enter arrangement commands by
character and press the <YES> key.
0.0v0
7. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
4-1-4 Programming batch X/Z report
Operation
Machine Feature
Machine Feature
1.Pulldown Group
2.Set Menu Table
3.Arrangement
4.Batch X/Z
5.General Feature
6.Scheduler
7.Check Print
8.Table Analysis
v
0.00
4. Select “4. Batch X/Z” and press the <YES> key.
Batch X/Z
0001-029
0002-029
0003-029
0004-029
001112151700000000
101112151700000000
011112151700000000
111112151700000000
5. Select an appropriate record, enter the report code (refer to
the next page) and press the <YES> key.
0.00
6. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-39
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 3
Description
Choice
Program code
Yes = 0
No = 1
Allow to issue read report.
a
b
c
:
(a+b+c)
D18
Yes = 0
No = 2
Allow to issue reset report.
Read = 0
Reset = 4
Read/Reset selection (direct issuance)
Reported area:
Daily area = 0, Periodic 1 area = 1,
Periodic 2 area = 2, Consolidation area = 3
Significant
number
:
D17
Significant
numbers
: :
Report code 1
Report code 2
Report code 3
Report code 4
Report code 5
Report code 6
Report code 7
Report code 8
D16 D15
Significant
numbers
: :
D14 D13
Significant
numbers
: :
D12 D11
Significant
numbers
: :
D10 D9
Significant
numbers
: :
D8 D7
Significant
numbers
: :
D6 D5
Significant
numbers
: :
D4 D3
Significant
numbers
: :
D2 D1
Report
Report code
Fixed totalizer report
Function key report
Subdepartment report
PLU report
11
12
13
14
64
15
16
17
19
20
22
28
58
29
24
31
PLU stock report
Department report
Group report
Cashier/clerk report
Hourly sales report
Monthly sales report
Void reason report
Table analysis report
Electronic journal report
Employee (all) report
Hourly/labor report
Hourly item report
P-40
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4-1-5 Programming the general feature
Operation
Machine Feature
Machine Feature
1.Pulldown Group
2.Set Menu Table
3.Arrangement
4.Batch X/Z
5.General Feature
6.Scheduler
7.Check Print
8.Table Analysis
v
0.00
4. Select “5. General Feature” and press the <YES> key.
4-1-5-1 Programming the machine control 1
General Feature
General Feature
1.Machine Control1
2.Machine Control2
3.Machine Control3
4.Machine Control4
5.Print Control
6.Report Control1
7.Report Control2
8.Communiction
v
0.00
5. Select “1. Machine Control1” and press the <YES> key.
Machine Control1
Machine Control1
Machine No.
0
Country Rounding
None
VAT
Order of Date
DD/MM/YY
Add2
Tax System
Add Mode
Disable to amount tender in RF
/REG- mode
Reset consecutive number to
initial value after taking
daily fixed totallizer report
Initial value for consecutive
number
YES
VLD compulsory & Drawer Open
No
At Once
Money-in-drawer limit alarm
Maximum value of left most
digit (0 to 9)
0
None
VAT
Country Rounding
0
Tax System
Money-in-drawer limit alarm
Number of Zeros (0 to 9)
Disable to amount tender in RF
v
0
0.00
0.00
6. Select the field you want to change and press the <YES>/
<NO> key or enter the numeric value and press the <YES>
key.
7. After programming, you should press the <ESC> key to
return to the previous menu.
Field meaning
1. Machine number: (0 - 9999)
Not the ID code but the printing machine number.
2. Add mode:
You can choose Add 2 (ex. dollar and cent), Add 0 (ex. Japanese yen) or Add 1.
3. Reset the consecutive No. to initial value after taking daily fixed totalizer report:
Consecutive No. starts preset value +1. (Initial consecutive number: 1 - 999999.)
4. Country Rounding:
You can choose None, IF1, IF2, Danish, Norwegian/Swedish, Singapore.
5. Tax systems:
You can choose VAT/US/Canada/Singapore tax system.
6. VLD compulsory and drawer open:
You can choose “At once” and “After compulsory.”
7. Money-in-drawer limit alarm:
You can enter “Maximum value of left-most digit” and “ The number of zeros.”
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-41
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 3
4-1-5-2 Programming the machine control 2
Operation
General Feature
General Feature
1.Machine Control1
2.Machine Control2
3.Machine Control3
4.Machine Control4
5.Print Control
6.Report Control1
7.Report Control2
8.Communication
v
0.00
5. Select “2. Machine Control2” and press the <YES> key.
Machine Control2
Display Operator Guidance
Sequencial / Ramdom PLU number
Machine Control2
YES
result
NO^
Restriction(0 or 5)on the last
digit for amount entry
Money Declaration Compulsory
ST Compulsory
Use memory number
Include
NO
NO
NO
Net total Includes Tax
Net total Includes Commission
+,- Follows Tax Status of item
+,-,%+&%- amount in item net
totalizer
Include
YES
Allow Finalization operation
when subtotal is zero or less
Allow more than one tran-
saction in RF mode
YES
N Repeat
NOv
NO
NO
Limit of number +,-,%+&%- key
operations per transaction
Round of %+ or %- operation
Issue post receipt
v
when normal receipt is issued
0.00
0.00
Machine Control2
Allow numeric entry when com-
pulsory drawer is open
Error when actual stock less
than zero
Machine Control2
Perform stock QTY calculation
during RF mode or RF key
Delete RF items from guest
receipt when item
^
^
YES
NO
NO
NO
NO
Alarm when actual stock less
than minimum stock level
Perform stock QTY calculation
during RF mode or RF key
Delete RF items from guest
receipt when item
consolidation is on
YES
YES
NO
Key Confirmation Tone On
Allow Slit Drawer connection
Add No. of operation of clear
key into Fixed TTL
NO
YES
NO
Use YES key to select item
Inline Money Declaration
consolidation is on
0.Y0ES0v
0.00
6. Select the field you want to change and press the <YES>/
<NO> key or enter the numeric value and press the <YES>
key.
7. After programming, you should press the <ESC> key to
return to the previous menu.
Field meaning
1. Sequencial/Random PLU number:
You can choose “Use memory number” or “Use Random code.”
2. Net total includes tax:
Net total includes add-on tax amount.
If select “No”, add-in tax amount is also excluded.
3. Net total includes commission:
Net total includes clerk commission.
4. Plus/minus follows tax status of item:
The tax status and commission status of plus/minus after item registration follows the
last item.
5. Plus, minus, premium, discount amount in item net totalizer:
Affect premium, discount, plus, minus result to the original item.
6. Limit of number plus, minus, premium, discount key operations per transaction:
Only one premium, discount, plus or minus registration is permitted during one
receipt.
P-42
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
7. Round of Premium or Discount operation:
Rounding on the least significant digit of Premium or Discount registration.
8. Restrict (0 or 5) on the last digit for amount entry:
The least significant digit for monetary amount entries is restricted to 0 or 5.
9. Money declaration compulsory:
Moneydeclarationbeforedailyread/resetoperationorcolection/consolidationopera-
tion (inline money declaration) is mandatory or not.
10. ST compulsory:
ST key operation before finalization is mandatory or not.
11. Allow finalization operation when subtotal is zero or less:
Allow/prohibit finalization operation when the subtotal amount is zero or less.
12. Allow more than one transaction in RF mode:
Prohibit/allow multiple refund operations after entering the RF mode.
13. Issue Post receipt when normal receipt is issued:
Allow/prohibit post receipt after a normal receipt issuance.
14. Allow numeric entries when compulsory drawer is open:
Allow/prohibit numeric entries when drawer (compulsory drawer only) is opened.
15. Alarm when actual stock less than zero:
Error occurs when actual stock for a registered item becomes negative.
16. Error when actual stock less than minimum stock level:
Error occurs when actual stock for a registered item drops below its programmed
optimum stock value.
17. Perform stock QTY calculation during RF mode or RF key:
Affect to stock value during RF key and the RF mode operation.
18. Delete RF items from guest receipt when its consolidation is on:
Merge the same department/PLU registration of a guest receipt.
19. Use YES key to select item:
Pressing the <YES> key is required when you select an item. If “No” is selected,
<YES> key is not necessary to press.
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-43
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 3
4-1-5-3 Programming the machine control 3
Operation
General Feature
General Feature
1.Machine Control1
2.Machine Control2
3.Machine Control3
4.Machine Control4
5.Print Control
6.Report Control1
7.Report Control2
8.Communiction
v
0.00
5. Select “3. Machine Control3” and press the <YES> key.
Machine Control3
Declaration Compulsory
Machine Control3
Machine Control3
Cash
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
Rounding for commission calcu-
lation
^
on the receipt
Print^
Charge Declaration Compulsory
Check Declaration Compulsory
Credit Declaration Compulsory
Receipt:Item consolidation
Receipt:Sort by group
Round off
Print consecutive No.
on the receipt
Move two decimal place to
right for unit prices
Print consecutive No.
on the receipt
Print
Print
Print
Print
Print
NO
Print date on the receipt
Print date on the journal
Print time on the receipt
Print time on the journal
Vertical double size character
for UP-350
Print
Receipt:Sort by department
Receipt:Sort by group/dept
with detail
Print consecutive NO.
on journal
Print
Print
Print
0P.ri0nt0v
Total only
Print date on the receipt
Print date on the journal
Print time on the receipt
NO
YES
NO
PRT RCT sort detail w/o TTL
Commission total includes VAT
NO
NO
Receipt auto cut
E-Journal copy receipt
0.00
0.00
6. Select the field you want to change and press the <YES>/
<NO> key or enter the numeric value and press the <YES>
key.
7. After programming, you should press the <ESC> key to
return to the previous menu.
Field meaning
1. Cash Declaration Compulsory: (not used)
2. Charge Declaration Compulsory: (not used)
3. Check Declaration Compulsory: (not used)
4. Credit Declaration Compulsory: (not used)
5. Receipt: Item Consolidation:
Merge the same department/PLU registration on receipt.
6. Receipt: Sort by group:
Classify the registered items per group on receipt.
7. Receipt: Sort by department:
Classify the registered items per department on receipt.
8. Receipt: Sort by group/dept with detail:
You can choose “Total only” or “With detail.”
P-44
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4-1-5-4 Programming the machine control 4
Operation
General Feature
General Feature
1.Machine Control1
2.Machine Control2
3.Machine Control3
4.Machine Control4
5.Print Control
6.Report Control1
7.Report Control2
8.Communiction
v
0.00
5. Select “4. Machine Control4” and press the <YES> key.
Machine Control 4
Drawer open alarm Min. 00-59
Drawer open alarm Sec. 00-59
Compulsory drawer control for
0
0
multi drawers
All drawers
Update periodic at daily Z
Scan link start record No.
YES
217
6. Select the field you want to change and press the <YES>/
<NO> key or enter the numeric value and press the <YES>
key.
0.00
7. After programming, you should press the <ESC> key to
return to the previous menu.
Field meaning
1. Compulsory drawer control for multi drawers:
You can choose “All drawers”/“Drawers assigned to clerk”.
2. Scan link start record No.: The PLU items that are set after this record number are
treated as scanning PLU items.
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-45
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 3
4-1-5-5 Programming the print control
Operation
General Feature
General Feature
1.Machine Control1
2.Machine Control2
3.Machine Control3
4.Machine Control4
5.Print Control
6.Report Control1
7.Report Control2
8.Communiction
v
0.00
5. Select “5. Print Control” and press the <YES> key.
Print Control
Print Control
Print Control
Printing of total number of
items sold on the receipt
Print number of covers in
header
Set Menu Detail on Guest/Slip No Print
Print Taxable Amount 9
Print^
Print
Print PLU Number
No Print
Print
Print
Print
Print
Print
Print
Print
Print
Print Taxable Amount10
Print Taxable Status
No Print
Print Finalized Total
Print Taxable Amount1
Print Taxable Amount2
Print Taxable Amount3
Print Taxable Amount4
Print Taxable Amount5
Print Taxable Amount6
Print Taxable Amount7
Print Taxable Amount8
No Print
Printing of total number of
items sold on the receipt
Print number of covers in
header
No Print
NO
No Print
Cover print double size
Print unit price on receipt
One line feeded after
finalization for receipt
Time format 24/12Hour
Single item without fin rct
Always issue a receipt
No Print
No Print
NO
Cover print double size
Print unit price on receipt
One line feeded after
finalization for receipt
NO
24 Hour
NO
No Print
0P.ri0nt0v
0.00
NOv
0.00
NO
6. Select the field you want to change and press the <YES>/
<NO> key or enter the numeric value and press the <YES>
key.
7. After programming, you should press the <ESC> key to
return to the previous menu.
P-46
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4-1-5-6 Programming the report control 1
Operation
General Feature
General Feature
1.Machine Control1
2.Machine Control2
3.Machine Control3
4.Machine Control4
5.Print Control
6.Report Control1
7.Report Control2
8.Communiction
v
0.00
5. Select “6. Report Control1” and press the <YES> key.
Report Control1
Report Control1
Gross
Net
Print
Print
Number of covers
No Print^
No Print
The average spend per cover
Cash In Drawer
Print
Commission for Cashing A Check No Print
Cash Declaration short/over
Charge In Drawer
No Print
No Print
Total Service charge
Commission 1
No Print
No Print
No Print
Charge Declaration short/over No Print
Commission 2
Cheque In Drawer
Print
Foreign currency cash and
Cheque in drawer totals
Accumulate total of - key and
%- key operation totals
Accumulate total of RF key and
Cheque Declaration short/over No Print
No Print
No Print
Credit In Drawer
Print
Credit Declaration short/over No Print
RF Mode total
0P.ri0nt0v
0.00
v
Report Control1
Report Control1
VOID key operation totals
No Print^
No Print
No Print
Print
TAXEX3
TA4
No Print^
No Print
No Print
No Print
No Print
No Print
No Print
No Print
No Print
No Print
No Printv
Number of C key operations
Rounding total
TA1
TAX4
TAXEX4
TA5
TAX1
Print
TAXEX1
TA2
No Print
Print
TAX5
TAXEX5
TA6
TAX2
Print
TAXEX2
TA3
No Print
Print
TAX6
TAXEX6
TA7
TAX3
0P.ri0nt0v
0.00
Report Control1
TAX7
No Print^
No Print
No Print
No Print
No Print
No Print
No Print
No Print
No Print
No Print
No Print
TAXEX7
TA8
TAX8
TAXEX8
TA9
TAX9
TAXEX9
TA10
TAX10
TAXEX10
0.00
6. Select the field you want to change and press the <YES>/
<NO> key or enter the numeric value and press the <YES>
key.
7. After programming, you should press the <ESC> key to
return to the previous menu.
Field meaning
These items are included in the fixed totalizer report.
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-47
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 3
4-1-5-7 Programming the report control 2
Operation
General Feature
General Feature
1.Machine Control1
2.Machine Control2
3.Machine Control3
4.Machine Control4
5.Print Control
6.Report Control1
7.Report Control2
8.Communiction
v
0.00
5. Select “7. Report Control2” and press the <YES> key.
Report Control2
Report Control2
Report Control2
Dept/Sub Dept Zero-Skip
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
Printing of average spend per
item on monthly report
PLU Random Code Order
PLU No. on X/Z Report
Sales Ratio on X/Z Report
Z Counter
^
daily Fixed TTL report
No Print^
Print
Print
Print
No Print
No Print
No Print
NO
Cashier/Clerk Zero-Skip
Function Zero-Skip
Print
GT1(Daily)
Mem Number
No Print
No Print
Print
GT2(Daily)
PLU/Stock Zero-Skip
GT3(Daily)
Shift PLU Zero-Skip
GT1(Periodic1&2)
GT2(Periodic1&2)
GT3(Periodic1&2)
Display Flash
Hourly Sales Zero-Skip
Group Zero-Skip
ITEM Discount Totalizer
Double Z Report
No Print
NO
Monthly Sales Zero-Skip
Table Analysis Zero-Skip
Hourly Production Zero-Skip
Hourly Labor Zero-Skip
X
VAT Recalculation on X/Z Report
Stock Clear at Batch Z
NO
NO
Display Employee Activity X
NO
Display Fixed Totalizer
Display Dept/Sub Dept
X
X
NO
Print Consecutive No. range on
v
NO
0.Y0ES0v
0.00
0.00
Report Control2
Report Control2
Report Control2
Display Cashier/Clerk
Display Function
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
NO^
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
Display Fixed Totalizer
Display Dept/Sub Dept
Display Cashier/Clerk
Display Function
Z
Z
Z
Z
Z
Z
Z
Z
Z
Z
Z
NO^
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NOv
Display Cashier/Clerk
Z
Z
Z
Z
Z
Z
Z
Z
Z
Z
Z
NO^
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
Display Function
Display PLU/Stock
Display Hourly/Monthly
Display Group
Display PLU/Stock
Display Hourly/Monthly
Display Group
Display PLU/Stock
Display Open Check
Display Table Analysis
Display E-Journal
Display Hourly Product
Display Employee
Display Hourly/Monthly
Display Group
Display Open Check
Display Table Analysis
Display E-Journal
Display Hourly Product
Display Employee
Display Open Check
Display Table Analysis
Display E-Journal
Display Hourly Labor
Display Hourly Product
Display Hourly Labor
0.00
0.00
0.00
6. Select the field you want to change and press the <YES>/
<NO> key or enter the numeric value and press the <YES>
key.
7. After programming, you should press the <ESC> key to
return to the previous menu.
Field meaning
1. Zero-Skip on Report:
Skip zero total item.
2. Print Monthly Sales Average:
Print monthly sales average on monthly sales report.
3. PLU random code order:
You can choose “Mem Number (by memory number)” or “Random Code.”
4. VAT recaluculate on X/Z report:
Calculate VAT amount at report issuance temporarily.
5. Display Report:
Show report on the LCD screen.
P-48
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4-1-5-8 Programming the communication
Operation
General Feature
General Feature
1.Machine Control1
2.Machine Control2
3.Machine Control3
4.Machine Control4
5.Print Control
6.Report Control1
7.Report Control2
8.Communiction
v
0.00
5. Select “8. Communication” and press the <YES> key.
Communication
Copy program change to other
terminals
Communication
sent to the master
Own data file^
NO
Reset&Printing of consolida-
tion file before reset report
Master printing of consolida-
tion reset report
Retry INLINE X/Z Polling
Allow to operate communication
function
YES
Print
Print
YES
Origin of reset data to be
Reset consolidation total
after inline consolidation
Stock Result Copy
sent to the master
Own data file
YES
NO
Reset&Printing of consolida-
tion file before reset report
Master printing of consolida-
tion reset report
Print
Accumulation of data in consoli-
dation area following RESET
operation
0P.ri0nt0v
0.Y0ES0
6. Select the field you want to change and press the <YES>/
<NO> key or enter the numeric value and press the <YES>
key.
7. After programming, you should press the <ESC> key to
return to the previous menu.
Field meaning
1. Copy program change to other terminals:
Broadcast the programmed data in PGM 1 ~ 4 mode after completion of a program.
2. Origin of reset data to be sent to the master:
You can choose “Own data file” or “Consolidation file.”
3. Stock result copy:
Copy stock quantity to master daily file after Z consolidation.
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-49
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 3
4-1-5-9 Programming the hourly sales
Operation
General Feature
General Feature
9.Hourly Sales
^
v
10.SLIP / Guest
11.Journal Control
12.Message Control
13.Order Control
14.Set Menu/Condiment
15.CHK Tracking
16.Clerk Interrupt
0.00
5. Select “9. Hourly Sales” and press the <YES> key.
Hourly Sales
Interval(Hours)
1
0
0
0
Interval(Minutes)
Start Time(Hour)
Start Time(Minute)
6. Select the field you want to change and press the <YES>/
<NO> key or enter the numeric value and press the <YES>
key.
7. After programming, you should press the <ESC> key to
return to the previous menu.
0.00
Field meaning
1. Hour (00 ~ 23)
2. Minute (00 ~ 59)
4-1-5-10 Programming the slip/guest
Operation
General Feature
General Feature
9.Hourly Sales
^
v
10.SLIP / Guest
11.Journal Control
12.Message Control
13.Order Control
14.Set Menu/Condiment
15.CHK Tracking
16.Clerk Interrupt
0.00
5. Select “10. SLIP/Guest” and press the <YES> key.
SLIP / Guest
Print detail in order of Dept/
Group on slip/Guest receipt
SLIP / Guest
SLIP / Guest
^
Print additional items only
Guest receipt
NO^
Entire memory
Print detail in order of Dept/
Group on slip/Guest receipt
Total only
NO
Slip Auto Line Find
Slip Maximum Lines
NO
0
PRT GUEST sort detail w/o TTL
Consecutive No. on slip/Guest
receipt
Total only
Maximum number of automatic
line feed
PRT GUEST sort detail w/o TTL
Consecutive No. on slip/Guest
receipt
NO
Print
Print
Print
NO
0
NO
NO
Print Date on slip/Guest RCT
Print Time on slip/Guest RCT
Back feed after slip Print
Back feed after VLD Print
Back feed after CHK-END/PRT
Item consolidation on slip/
Guest receipt
Print
Print
Print
NO
Print Date on slip/Guest RCT
Print Time on slip/Guest RCT
Back feed after slip Print
Back feed after VLD Print
Printing only Group TTL on slip/
Guest receipt
NO
NO
Print only Dept TTL on Slip/
v
NOv
0.00
0.00
0.00
6. Select the field you want to change and press the <YES>/
<NO> key or enter the numeric value and press the <YES>
key.
7. After programming, you should press the <ESC> key to
return to the previous menu.
P-50
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Field meaning
1. Print additional items only:
Slip printing begins with “At the top of the transaction (Entire memory)/At the top of
this receipt (Additional only).”
2. Slip Maximum Line (00 ~ 99)
Note: This line should be set.
3. Back feed after slip Print/Back feed after VLD Print/Back feed after CHK-END/PRT:
These lines are only effective for SP-1300.
4-1-5-11 Programming the journal control
Operation
General Feature
General Feature
9.Hourly Sales
^
10.SLIP / Guest
11.Journal Control
12.Message Control
13.Order Control
14.Set Menu/Condiment
15.CHK Tracking
16.Clerk Interrupt
v
0.00
5. Select “11. Journal Control” and press the <YES> key.
Journal Control
Storage of TRG Operation into
E-Journal
YES
NO
Generate E-Journal full error
0.00
6. Select the field you want to change and press the <YES>/
<NO> key or enter the numeric value and press the <YES>
key.
7. After programming, you should press the <ESC> key to
return to the previous menu.
Field meaning
1. Storage of TRG operation into electronic journal memory:
Put training clerk registration data into electronic journal memory.
2. Generate E-Journal full error:
Alert when the electronic journal memory becomes full/Not alert even if the electronic
journal memory becomes full..
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-51
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 3
4-1-5-12 Programming the message control
Operation
General Feature
General Feature
9.Hourly Sales
^
10.SLIP / Guest
11.Journal Control
12.Message Control
13.Order Control
14.Set Menu/Condiment
15.CHK Tracking
16.Clerk Interrupt
v
0.00
5. Select “12. Message Control” and press the <YES> key.
Message Control
Message Control
Receipt Logo
Message
Print
Receipt Commercial Message
No Print^
No Print
No Print
No Print
No Print
No Print
No Print
No Print
Receipt Commercial Message
No Print
No Print
No Print
No Print
No Print
No Print
No Print
No Print
Receipt Bottom
Slip Commercial
Slip Bottom
Message
Message
Message
Receipt Bottom
Slip Commercial
Slip Bottom
Message
Message
Message
Slip Intermediate Message
Slip Intermediate Message
Bill Top
Message
Message
Bill Top
Message
Message
Bill Copy
Bill Copy
Bill Bottom Message
Receipt Logo either Graphic or
Text
Bill Bottom Message
Receipt Logo either Graphic or
Text
Text
Textv
Report Header Print
No Print
0.00
0.00
6. Select the field you want to change and press the <YES>/
<NO> key or enter the numeric value and press the <YES>
key.
7. After programming, you should press the <ESC> key to
return to the previous menu.
Field meaning
1. Receipt Logo either graphic or text:
Select Text Logo/Graphic Logo.
4-1-5-13 Programming the order control
Operation
General Feature
General Feature
9.Hourly Sales
^
v
10.SLIP / Guest
11.Journal Control
12.Message Control
13.Order Control
14.Set Menu/Condiment
15.CHK Tracking
16.Clerk Interrupt
0.00
5. Select “13. Order Control” and press the <YES> key.
Order Control
Order Control
Print location character
Print Item Price
No Print
No Print
Print dashed line
NO^
NO
NO
0
Print items on KP training
operator
Stop printing message on
double BON
No Print
No Print
NO
Perform item consolidation on
KP
Print Detail of Set Menu
Auto cutting every KP order
Print dashed line
Number of line feed before
print dashed line or auto cut
Number of line feed after
print dashed line or auto cut
Error generate Printer goes
down
NO
Print items on KP training
operator
NO
4
Perform item consolidation on
KP
NOv
YES
0.00
0.00
P-52
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
6. Select the field you want to change and press the <YES>/
<NO> key or enter the numeric value and press the <YES>
key.
7. After programming, you should press the <ESC> key to
return to the previous menu.
4-1-5-14 Programming the set menu/condiment
Operation
General Feature
General Feature
9.Hourly Sales
^
v
10.SLIP / Guest
11.Journal Control
12.Message Control
13.Order Control
14.Set Menu/Condiment
15.CHK Tracking
16.Clerk Interrupt
0.00
5. Select “14. Set Menu/Condiment” and press the <YES> key.
Set Menu/Condiment
Calculate Price for detail
Follow the same QTY as main
YES
item
Fine Dining
0
No. of Detail for Post Entry
6. Select the field you want to change and press the <YES>/
<NO> key or enter the numeric value and press the <YES>
key.
0.00
7. After programming, you should press the <ESC> key to
return to the previous menu.
Field meaning
1. Calculate Price for detail:
Calculate/Not calculate detail item prices in set menu.
2. Follow the same QTY as main item:
Fine Dining: Not allow to enter the number of the condiment, and follow the
quantities of main PLU.
Fast food: Allow to enter the number of the condiment, and not follow the
quantities of main PLU.
Fine Dining QTY: Not allow to enter the number of the condiment but allow to
select the condiment by LIST staydown within the quantities of main
PLU.
3. No. of detail for Post Entry:
The value of reserved record for post entry function in detail file.
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-53
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 3
4-1-5-15 Programming the check tracking
Operation
General Feature
General Feature
9.Hourly Sales
^
v
10.SLIP / Guest
11.Journal Control
12.Message Control
13.Order Control
14.Set Menu/Condiment
15.CHK Tracking
16.Clerk Interrupt
0.00
5. Select “15. CHK Tracking” and press the <YES> key.
CHK tracking
CHK tracking
Clearing CHK/TBL No. by using
CHK is opened by OLD CHK key
Perform item consolidation
when CHK is opened by OLD CHK
STORE/RECALL Start Range
STORE/RECALL End Range
Print^
the same number again
CHK Number
NO
CHK# 12 Digits(if No,6Digits)
NO
0
Tax Claculation print by after
NB key
NO
0
Print previous balance when
CHK is opened by OLD CHK key
Perform item consolidation
when CHK is opened by OLD CHK
STORE/RECALL Start Range
STORE/RECALL End Range
Auto Check Start Range
0
Print
Auto Check End Range
0
Reset STORE/RECALL No. after
taking OPEN CHK Z report
Suppress detail display
SEP CHK Consolidation
NO
0
0.000v
NO
NO
NO
0.00
6. Select the field you want to change and press the <YES>/
<NO> key or enter the numeric value and press the <YES>
key.
7. After programming, you should press the <ESC> key to
return to the previous menu.
Field meaning
1. Clearing CHK/TBL No. by using the same number again:
You can choose “Check Number” or “Table Number”.
4-1-5-16 Programming the clerk interrupt
Operation
General Feature
General Feature
9.Hourly Sales
^
v
10.SLIP / Guest
11.Journal Control
12.Message Control
13.Order Control
14.Set Menu/Condiment
15.CHK Tracking
16.Clerk Interrupt
0.00
5. Select “16. Clerk Interrupt” and press the <YES> key.
P-54
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Clerk Interrupt
Allow Clerk Interrupt
NO
Allow operation to clerks who
are not allocated clerk
interrupt detailed memory
Auto Sign Off Timer for clerk
interrupt (In seconds)
NO
0
6. Select the field you want to change and press the <YES>/
<NO> key or enter the numeric value and press the <YES>
key.
0.00
7. After programming, you should press the <ESC> key to
return to the previous menu.
Field meaning
1. Clerk sign off timer: 0 - 99. (Sec.) This program is also effective for non-clerk interrupt
system.
4-1-5-17 Programming the display control
Operation
General Feature
General Feature
12.Message Control
13.Order Control
14.Set Menu/Condiment
15.CHK Tracking
^
16.Clerk Interrupt
17.Display Control
18.Menu Shift 1
19.Menu Shift 2
0.00
5. Select “17. Display Control” and press the <YES> key.
Display Control
Backlight Off Timer(Min)
1
6. Select the field you want to change and press the <YES>/
<NO> key or enter the numeric value and press the <YES>
key.
0.00
7. After programming, you should press the <ESC> key to
return to the previous menu.
Field meaning
1. Backlight Off Timer: 0 - 59. (Minute)
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-55
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 3
4-1-5-18 Programming the menu shift 1
Operation
General Feature
General Feature
12.Message Control
13.Order Control
14.Set Menu/Condiment
15.CHK Tracking
^
16.Clerk Interrupt
17.Display Control
18.Menu Shift 1
19.Menu Shift 2
0.00
5. Select “18. Menu Shift 1” and press the <YES> key.
Menu Shift 1
Menu Shift 1
Menu Shift 1
Accumulate 8th menu to (1)
Destination(2) of accumulation
for menu totalizing
PLU
Quantity Extension
NO
YES
YES
NO
Accumulate 4th menu to (1)
Accumulate 5th menu to (1)
Accumulate 6th menu to (1)
Accumulate 7th menu to (1)
Accumulate 8th menu to (1)
Destination(2) of accumulation
for menu totalizing
NO^
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO^
DEPT
Quantity Extension
SUB DEPT Quantity Extension
Accumulate touch PLU menus
Follow menu total reset opera-
tion to the destination
0
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
Accumulate 1st menu to (2)
Accumulate 2nd menu to (2)
Accumulate 3rd menu to (2)
Accumulate 4th menu to (2)
Accumulate 5th menu to (2)
Accumulate 6th menu to (2)
Accumulate 7th menu to (2)
Accumulate 8th menu to (2)
NO
Destination(1) of accumulation
for menu totalizing
0
NO
NO
NO
NOv
0
NO
NO
Accumulate 1st menu to (2)
Accumulate 2nd menu to (2)
Accumulate 3rd menu to (2)
Accumulate 4th menu to (2)
Accumulate 1st menu to (1)
Accumulate 2nd menu to (1)
Accumulate 3rd menu to (1)
NOv
0.00
0.00
0.00
6. Select the field you want to change and press the <YES>/
<NO> key or enter the numeric value and press the <YES>
key.
7. After programming, you should press the <ESC> key to
return to the previous menu.
Field meaning
1. Accumulate touch PLU menus:
Enable/Disable to sum up PLUs to one Menu sheet.
2. Follow memu total reset operation to the destination:
Reset child menu sheets with parent menu sheet together/Reset menu sheet indepen-
dently.
3. Destination of accumulation for menu totalizing:
Define the sheet No. of parent menu sheet. (1 ~ 8)
Note: Never use these functions with “Shift PLU”.
P-56
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4-1-5-19 Programming the menu shift 2
Operation
General Feature
General Feature
12.Message Control
13.Order Control
14.Set Menu/Condiment
15.CHK Tracking
^
16.Clerk Interrupt
17.Display Control
18.Menu Shift 1
19.Menu Shift 2
0.00
5. Select “19. Menu Shift 2” and press the <YES> key.
Menu Shift 2
Start PLU Number of 1st menu
Start PLU Number of 2nd menu
Start PLU Number of 3rd menu
Start PLU Number of 4th menu
Start PLU Number of 5th menu
Start PLU Number of 6th menu
Start PLU Number of 7th menu
Start PLU Number of 8th menu
1
109
217
325
433
541
649
757
6. Select the field you want to change and press the <YES>/
<NO> key or enter the numeric value and press the <YES>
key.
0.00
7. After programming, you should press the <ESC> key to
return to the previous menu.
Field meaning
Define start PLU No. of each menu sheet.
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-57
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 3
4-1-6 Programming scheduler
Operation
Machine Feature
Machine Feature
1.Pulldown Group
2.Set Menu Table
3.Arrangement
4.Batch X/Z
5.General Feature
6.Scheduler
7.Check Print
8.Table Analysis
v
0.00
4. Select “6. Scheduler” and press the <YES> key.
Scheduler D28 - D13
D12 - D1
0001-062 0000000000000000 000000000000
0002-062 0000000000000000 000000000000
0003-062 0000000000000000 000000000000
0004-062 0000000000000000 000000000000
0.00
5. Enter schedule (refer to the next page) and press the <YES>
key.
6. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
P-58
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Description
Scheduler start time (00:00 ~ 23:59)
Choice
Program code
Significant
numbers
: : : :
D28 D27 D26 D25
: : : :
D24 D23 D22 D21
Significant
numbers
Scheduler end time (00:00 ~ 23:59)
;
D20
Always “0”
:
D19
Significant
number
Interval control 1:
Daily = 0, Weekly = 1, Monthly = 2
Interval control 2:
Daily; No meaning
Weekly; Define day of a week
Significant
numbers
: :
00; Sunday, 01; Monday, 02; Tuesday, 03; Wednesday,
04; Thursday, 05; Friday, 06; Saturday
Monthly; Define date, 01 ~ 31, 99 means the end of the month
D18 D17
: : : :
Significant
numbers
Interval time (00:00 ~ 23:59)
Always “0”
D16 D15 D14 D13
;
D12
: : : :
Significant
numbers
Arrangement table No.
Arrangement file No.
Always “0000”
D11 D10 D9 D8
: : :
D7 D6 D5
Significant
numbers
; ; ; ;
D4 D3 D2 D1
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-59
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 3
4-1-7 Programming check print
Operation
Machine Feature
Machine Feature
1.Pulldown Group
2.Set Menu Table
3.Arrangement
4.Batch X/Z
5.General Feature
6.Scheduler
7.Check Print
8.Table Analysis
v
0.00
4. Select “7. Check Print” and press the <YES> key.
Check Print
0001-041
0002-041
0003-041
0004-041
0005-041
0006-041
0007-041
0008-041
0009-041
000000
000000
000000
000000
000000
000000
000000
000000
000000
0.00
5. Enter value (below) and press the <YES> key.
6. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
Description
Choice
Program code
Define printing data:
1; Printing amount
3; Printing date
5; Check endorsement message 1st line
6; Check endorsement message 2nd line
7; Check endorsement message 3rd line
8; Check endorsement message 4th line
2; Printing amount (double size)
4; Printing date (double size)
Significant
number
:
D5
No = 0
Yes = 1
a
b
c
Feed before printing.
Normal = 0
Reverse = 2
:
Feed direction
(a+b+c)
D4
No = 0
Yes = 4
Feed 1 line after printing.
No. of feed lines before printing (0 ~ 9)
Printing offset digits (00 ~ 49)
Significant
number
:
D3
Significant
numbers
: :
D2 D1
P-60
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4-1-8 Programming table analysis
Operation
Machine Feature
Machine Feature
1.Pulldown Group
2.Set Menu Table
3.Arrangement
4.Batch X/Z
5.General Feature
6.Scheduler
7.Check Print
8.Table Analysis
v
0.00
4. Select “8. Table Analysis” and press the <YES> key.
Table Analysis
TBL01
TBL02
TBL03
TBL04
TBL05
TBL06
TBL07
TBL08
TBL09
TBL10
000000000000
000000000000
000000000000
000000000000
000000000000
000000000000
000000000000
000000000000
000000000000
000000000000
5. Select an appropriate record and press the <YES> key.
6. Enter characters for table analysis and press the <YES> key.
7. Enter value (below) and press the <YES> key.
0.00
8. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
Note:
This programming is only effective, if the check-# is 6-digit long
Description
Choice
Program code
Minimum check No. of the group
(“0” means “1.”)
Significant
numbers
::::::
D12 D11 D10 D9 D8 D7
Maximum check No. of the group
(“000000” means no programming.)
Significant
numbers
::::::
D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-61
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 3
4-1-9 Programming tax table
Operation
Machine Feature
Machine Feature
6.Scheduler
^
7.Check Print
8.Table Analysis
9.Tax Table
10.Void Table
11.System Connection
12.I/O Parameter
13.Printer Connection v
0.00
4. Select “9. Tax Table” and press the <YES> key.
Tax Table
Tax Table
1.Tax Table
2.Tax Table
3.Tax Table
4.Tax Table
5.Tax Table
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
0.00
5. Select an appropriate table and press the <YES> key.
Tax Table (1)
Tax Rate(%)
8.125
Maximum Table Amount
Rounding
0.00
Round Off
Singapore Rounding
Calculation Type
Yes
Add in(VAT)
Sum of Cyclic Patterns
No. of Cyclic Values
Sum of Non-Cyclic Values
Actual Values(01)
Actual Values(02)
Actual Values(03)
0
0
0
0
0
0v
6. Select an appropriate record and press the <YES> key.
7. Enter value (below) and press the <YES> key.
8. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
0.00
Field meaning
1. Tax Rate(%): (VAT & VAT: Sharing rate for the primary taxable amount)
Rate; 0.0001 ~ 9999.9999 % (Use Decimal point key)
2. Maximum Table Amount:
Maximum value; 0.00 ~ 9999.99
3. Rounding:
Selection; Cut off/Round off/Round up/Round up to two dp
4. Singapore Rounding:
Selection; Yes/No
5. Calculation type:
Selection;
Not calculate/Table/Table & Add on/Add in (VAT)/Tax on Tax/VAT and VAT
6. Sum of Cyclic Patterns, No. of Cyclic Values, Sum of Cyclic Values, Actual Values
See the following pages.
cf. VAT & VAT:
1. Sharing rate of the primary taxable amount → enter “Tax rate” field.
2. Actual tax table for primary tax table code → enter “Actual value (1)” field.
3. Actual tax table for secondary tax table code → enter “Actual value (2)” field.
P-62
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Explanation of U.S. tax table examples
Tax table without a tax rate
Max. break points
Price Range
Tax
(6%)
Differ-
ence
Pattern
Upper
Lower
Min. break point Max. break point
$
.01
.11
$
.10
.24
10
24
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
0
10
24
41
58
74
91
=
10
14
17
17
16
17
$.00
.01
.02
.03
.04
.05
.06
.07
Non-cyclic data
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
.25
.42
.59
.75
.82
1.09
.41
41
.58
58
Cyclic data
.74
74
.81
91
1.08
1.24
108
124
141
17 Cyclic data
– 108
– 124
16
17
• Sum of a single cyclic pattern: 17 + 17 + 16 = 50
• Number of values in each cyclic pattern: 3
• Sum of values in the non-cyclic pattern: 10 + 14 = 24
• Non-cyclic values and one set of cyclic values (actual values): 10, 14, 17, 17, 16
• Tax system: Tax table without rate
Tax table with a tax rate
Max. break points
Price Range
Min. break point Max. break point
Tax
(6%)
Differ-
ence
Pattern
Upper
Lower
Non-cyclic data
$
.01
.08
$
.07
.21
7
21
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
0
7
=
7
14
14
14
$.00
.01
.02
.03
.04
.05
.06
.07
.08
.09
.10
.11
.12
.13
.14
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
.22
.35
35
21
35
49
64
78
92
.36
.49
49
.50
.64
64
15 Cyclic data
.65
.78
78
14
14
15
14
14
14
.79
.92
92
.93
1.07
1.21
1.35
1.49
1.64
1.78
1.92
2.07
107
121
135
149
164
178
192
207
1.08
1.22
1.36
1.50
1.65
1.79
1.93
– 107
– 121
– 135
– 149
– 164
– 178
– 192
Cyclic data
15
14
14
15
19.93
20.07
1.40
On all sales above $20.07, compute the
tax at a rate of 7%
• Sum of a single cyclic pattern: 14 + 14 + 14 + 15 + 14 + 14 + 15 = 100
• Number of values in each cyclic pattern: 7
• Sum of values in non-cyclic pattern: 7
• Sum of values in the non-cyclic pattern: 7
• Non-cyclic values and one set of cyclic values (actual values): 7, 14, 14, 14, 15, 14, 14, 15
• Maximum taxable amount in table calculation: $20.07
• Tax system: Tax table with rate
• Tax rate: 7.000%
• Rounding method: Cut off to two decimal places
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-63
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 3
Explanation of VAT & VAT
Example 1: Share the amount
Tax table programming
Tax rate
Calculation Primary Secondary
(Share rate)
type
VAT
VAT
tax status tax status
Table 1
Table 2
:
10.0000%
20.0000%
→ 33.3333% for taxable 1
→ 66.6667% for taxable 2
→ 25.0000% for taxable 1
→ 75.0000% for taxable 2
Table 4
Table 5
33.3333%
25.0000%
VAT & VAT
VAT & VAT
1
1
2
2
Item programming & registration result
Program
Registration result
Unit price Tax status
Taxable 1
Taxable 2
Item 1
Item 2
:
$10.00
$20.00
1
2
$10.00
$20.00
$10.00
$20.00
Item 4
Item 5
$30.00
$40.00
4
5
($30.00 × 33.3333%)
($30.00 × 66.6667%)
$10.00
($40.00 × 25.0000%)
$30.00
($40.00 × 75.0000%)
Example 2: The alternative of taxable 1 or 2
Tax table programming
Tax rate
Calculation Primary Secondary
(Share rate)
type
VAT
VAT
tax status tax status
Table 1
Table 2
:
10.0000%
20.0000%
Table 4
VAT & VAT
1
2
→ Select tax status by <TAX EXEMPT>.
Item programming & registration result
Program
Registration result
Unit price Tax status
Taxable 1
Taxable 2
Item 1
$10.00
4
$10.00
$10.00
Tax 1 Exempt
$10.00
Tax 2 Exempt
$10.00
P-64
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4-1-10 Programming void table
Operation
Machine Feature
Machine Feature
6.Scheduler
^
7.Check Print
8.Table Analysis
9.Tax Table
10.Void Table
11.System Connection
12.I/O Parameter
13.Printer Connection v
0.00
4. Select “10. Void Table” and press the <YES> key.
Void Table
YES
Use Void Table
0.00
5. Press the <YES> key.
Void Table
000000
000000
000000
000000
000000
000000
6. Select an appropriate record and press the <YES> key.
7. Enter void character and press the <YES> key.
8. Enter value (below) and press the <YES> key.
9. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
0.00
Description
Choice
Program code
Yes = 0
No = 1
:
Return stock value.
D1
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-65
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 3
4-1-11 Programming system connection
Operation
Machine Feature
Machine Feature
6.Scheduler
^
7.Check Print
8.Table Analysis
9.Tax Table
10.Void Table
11.System Connection
12.I/O Parameter
13.Printer Connection v
0.00
4. Select “11. System Connection” and press the <YES> key.
System Connection
* 1 MC #01
02010100000
00000000000
00000000000
00000000000
00000000000
00000000000
00000000000
00000000000
00000000000
00000000000
00000000000v
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
5. Select the record with “*” and press the <YES> key.
6. Enter the logical ID character and press the <YES> key.
8. Press the <Right arrow> key, enter value (below; D12,D11 and
D10 ~ D1 ) and press the <YES> key.
9
10
11
0.00
9. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
10. This program should be made to all terminals in the cluster.
Description
Choice
Program code
::::::
D24 D23 D22 D21 D20 D19
Significant
characters
Logical ID characters (within 12 characters)
::::::
D18 D17 D16 D15 D14 D13
Terminal:
Oneself = 02, Others = 01
: :
Significant
numbers
D12 D11
Check tracking master/backup master (program value):
Master = 01, Backup master = 02, Self master = 03, Satellite = 00
: :
Significant
numbers
D10 D9
Check tracking master/backup master (current value):
Master = 01, Backup master = 02, Self master = 03, Satellite = 00
: :
Significant
numbers
D8 D7
; ; ; ; ;
Always “00000”
D6 D5 D4 D3 D2
Check tracking cluster No. (0 ~ 9)
(“0” means no designation.)
:
Significant
number
D1
P-66
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4-1-12 Programming I/O parameter
Operation
Note: Please perform the flag clear opera-
tion of the terminal after changing the
I/O parameter table.
Machine Feature
Machine Feature
6.Scheduler
^
7.Check Print
8.Table Analysis
9.Tax Table
10.Void Table
11.System Connection
12.I/O Parameter
13.Printer Connection v
0.00
4. Select “12. I/O Parameter” and press the <YES> key.
I/O Parameter
0001-902
0002-902
0003-902
0004-902
0005-902
0006-902
0007-902
0008-902
0009-902
0010-902
0011-902
0000000000
0000000000
0000000000
0000000000
0000000000
0000000000
0000000000
0000000000
0000000000
0000000000
0000000000
0.00
5. Select an appropriate record, enter appropriate value (below)
and press the <YES> key.
6. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
First record
Description
Choice
Program code
Inline baud rate:
312kbps = 0*, 156kbps = 1
Significant
number
:
D1
* For INLINE 2 (CAT5) cable, select 312kbps only.
Second record
Description
Choice
Program code
Online baud rate: 115200bps = 0,1
57600bps = 2,
9600bps = 5,
Significant
number
:
38400bps = 3,
4800bps = 6,
19200bps = 4,
2400bps = 7
D2
Activation signal (trigger):
DR = 0, CI = 1
Significant
number
:
D1
Third record
Description
Choice
Program code
;
Always “0”
D1
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-67
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 3
Note: Besides flag clear, please turn off and on
the printer.
Fourth record
Description
Choice
Program code
Significant
numbers
: :
No. of offset digits of slip/validation printing by SA-3015 (00 ~ 24)
Always “000”
D10D9
; ; ;
D8 D7 D6
:
No = 0
Yes = 1
Use SA-3015 printer for slip printing:
D5
Using RS-232C port for printer:
COM4 = 0, COM5 = 5, COM6 = 6
Significant
number
:
D4
Baud rate of the RS-232C port for printer:
19200bps = 0, 9600bps = 1
Significant
number
:
D3
Using printer connected to RS-232C port: No printer = 99
Significant
numbers
• UP-350 = 00
• SA-3015 = 01
• UP-250 = 02
: :
D2 D1
Note: Besides flag clear, please turn off and on
the printer.
Fifth record
Description
Choice
Program code
Significant
numbers
: :
No. of offset digits of slip/validation printing by SA-3015 (00 ~ 24)
Always “000”
D10D9
; ; ;
D8 D7 D6
:
No = 0
Yes = 1
Use SA-3015 printer for slip printing:
D5
Using RS-232C port for printer:
COM5 = 0, COM4 = 4, COM6 = 6
Significant
number
:
D4
Baud rate of the RS-232C port for printer:
19200bps = 0, 9600bps = 1
Significant
number
:
D3
Using printer connected to RS-232C port: No printer = 99
Significant
numbers
• UP-350 = 00
• SA-3015 = 01
• UP-250 = 02
: :
D2 D1
Sixth record
Description
Choice
Program code
Rear display:
Connected * = 1, Not connected = 0
Significant
number
:
D2
Remote display:
Connected * = 1, Not connected = 0
Significant
number
:
D1
* You can connect either rear or remote display.
Seventh record
Description
Choice
Program code
Significant
number
Display color:
:
D1
White line/black ground = 0, Black line/white ground = 1
P-68
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Eighth record
Description
Description
Choice
Choice
Program code
;
Always “0”
D1
Nineth record
Program code
Parity:
Significant
number
:
D4
Even = 0, Non = 1, Odd = 2
Bit:
Significant
number
:
D3
7 bit = 0, 8 bit = 1
Scanner:
Connect = 2, No = 0
Significant
number
:
D2
Baud rate:
Significant
number
:
D1
2400 bps = 0, 9600 bps = 1, 4800 bps = 2
Tenth record
Note: Besides flag clear, please turn off and on
the printer.
Description
Choice
Program code
Significant
number
Using RS-232C port for printer:
No printer = 0, COM2 = 2 (COM4 = 4, COM 5 = 5, COM 6 = 6)
:
D4
Significant
number
Baud rate of the RS-232C port for slip printer:
No printer = 0, 9600bps = 1
:
D3
SP-1300:
Connect = 70, No = 00
Significant
number
: :
D2 D1
If you use COM 4 ~ 6, the automatic detection during INIT does not performed. Assign it manually.
Eleventh record
Note: Besides flag clear, please turn off and on
the printer.
Description
Choice
Program code
Significant
numbers
: :
D10D9
No. of offset digits of slip/validation printing by SA-3015 (00 ~ 24)
; ; ;
D8 D7 D6
Always “000”
:
D5
No = 0
Yes = 1
Use SA-3015 printer for slip printing:
Using RS-232C port for printer:
COM6 = 0, COM4 = 4, COM5 = 5
Significant
number
:
D4
Baud rate of the RS-232C port for printer:
19200bps = 0, 9600bps = 1
Significant
number
:
D3
Using printer connected to RS-232C port: No printer = 99
Significant
numbers
• UP-350 = 00
• SA-3015 = 01
• UP-250 = 02
: :
D2 D1
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-69
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 3
4-1-13 Programming printer connection
Operation
Machine Feature
Machine Feature
6.Scheduler
^
7.Check Print
8.Table Analysis
9.Tax Table
10.Void Table
11.System Connection
12.I/O Parameter
13.Printer Connection v
0.00
4. Select “13. Printer Connection” and press the <YES> key.
Printer Connection
1 R/J
MC #01
/1 MC #01
/2 MC #01
/1 MC #03
/1 MC #03
/2
/1
/2
/1
2 Report MC #02
3 Order1 MC #03
4 Order2 MC #01
5 Order3
6 Order4
7 Order5
8 Order6
9 Order7
10 No
11 No
v
0.00
5. Select an appropriate record of the main printer field and
press the <YES> key.
6. Select these options, “1.My Printer #1/2.My Printer #2/3.My
Printer #3/4.RS-232C Printer” and press the <YES> key.
7. If you select “4.RS-232C Printer”, select the terminal ID /1,
/2 or /3.
Backup printer definition field
Main printer definition field
Printer Connection
Print
1.No
• /1 stands for the specified printer which is programmed
in the forth record. (page 68)
• /2 stands for the specified printer which is programmed
in the fifth record. (page 68)
• /3 stands for the specified printer which is programmed
in the eleventh record. (page 69)
2.R/J
3.Report
4.Order1
5.Order2
6.Order3
7.Order4
8.Order5
v
8. If you want to allocate backup printer, set the backup printer
in the backup printer field.
9. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
0.00
0.00
Printer Connection
R/J
Printer Connection
RS-232C Printer
1.MC #01
2.MC #01
3.MC #01
4.MC #02
5.MC #02
6.MC #02
7.
/1
/2
/3
/1
/2
/3
1.My printer
2.My printer
3.My printer
4.RS-232C Printer
5.No
/1
/2
/3
8.
v
0.00
Note:
The 10-th through 16-th record of this file are used for the printer definition of order ID
change of the Manager function.
The 17-th through 24-th record are not used.
P-70
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4-1-14 Programming time zone
Operation
Machine Feature
Machine Feature
9.Tax Table
^
v
10.Void Table
11.System Connection
12.I/O Parameter
13.Printer Connection
14.Time Zone
15.Time & Attendance
16.Hourly/Item Link
0.00
4. Select “14. Time Zone” and press the <YES> key.
Time Zone
0001-800
0002-800
0003-800
0004-800
0005-800
0006-800
.
Start
09:00
10:00
15:00
00:00
00:00
00:00
End
Cycle
00:15
00:30
01:00
00:00
00:00
00:00
10:00
12:00
17:00
00:00
00:00
00:00
.
.
0.00
5. Select an appropriate record, and enter the start time, end
time, and cycle time.
Cycle Time field
End Time field
Start Time field
6. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
Rec-No. File No.
Worksheet for time zone
Description
Choice
Program code
: :
D12 D11
Zone Start Time (Hour)
00 ~23
: :
Zone Start Time (Minute) (00~59)
Zone End Time (Hour) (00~23)
Zone End Time (Minute) (00~59)
Zone Cycle (Hour) (00~23)
00 ~ 59
00 ~ 23
D10 D9
: :
D8 D7
: :
D6 D5
00 ~ 59
: :
D4 D3
00 ~ 23
: :
D2 D1
Zone Cycle (Minute) (00, 15, 30, 45)
00, 15, 30, 45
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-71
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 3
4-1-15 Programming time & attendance
Preparation
Machine Feature
Machine Feature
9.Tax Table
^
10.Void Table
11.System Connection
12.I/O Parameter
13.Printer Connection
14.Time Zone
15.Time & Attendance
16.Hourly/Item Link v
0.00
4. Select “15. Time & Attendance” and press the <YES> key.
4-1-15-1 Programming time & attendance (general)
Operation
Time & Attendance
Time & Attendance
1.General
2.Job Code
3.Employee&Scedule
0.00
5. Select “1. General” and press the <YES> key.
General
Time & Attendance control
Weekly work time
Weekly
40:00
25:00
NO
Weekly work time for minor
Work time includes break hours
Rounding minute of work time
Allow employee report Z with
employees clocked-in
Non
NO
Enable clerk to sign on after
clock-in
YES
0.00
6. Select an appropriate record and choose options.
7. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
Field Meanings:
1. Time&Attendance control:
Weekly, Bi-weekly
2. Rounding minute of work time:
Non, 10 min., 15 min., 20 min., 30 min.
P-72
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4-1-15-2 Programming time & attendance (job code)
Operation
Time & Attendance
Time & Attendance
1.General
2.Job Code
3.Employee&Scedule
0.00
5. Select “2. Job Code” and press the <YES> key.
Time & Attendance
Job Code
1.Cook
2.Cashier
3.Dish wash
4.Floor cleaning
5.JOB#05
6.JOB#06
7.JOB#07
8.JOB#08
v
0.00
6. Select an appropriate job code and press the <YES> key.
Memory No
1
Descriptor
Pay Rate
Cook
9999.99
99.99
NO
Over Time Pay Ratio
Tip Declaration Compulsory
0.00
7. Select an appropriate record to enter the character or number
and press the <YES> key, or choose option.
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-73
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 3
4-1-15-3 Programming time & attendance (employee & schedule)
Operation
Time & Attendance
Time & Attendance
1.General
2.Job Code
3.Employee&Scedule
0.00
5. Select “3. Employee&Schedule” and press the <YES> key.
Time & Attendance
Employee&Schedule
1.Sean Harrison
2.Oliver Clapton
3.Richard Baker
4.Geia Peabody
5.Tyler Johnson
6.EMP#06
7.EMP#07
8.EMP#08
v
0.00
6. Select an appropriate employee file, and press the <YES>
key.
Memory No
1
Memory No
1
Employee No.
Descriptor
123456
Job Code(3)
Job Code(4)
Dish wash
^
Sean Harrioson
--------
Social Security No.
Job Code(1)
1234567890
Allow to Specify Job Code
when Clocking-in
Cook
NO
NO
Job Code(2)
Casier
Allow to Clock-in with Non-
Preset Job Code
Job Code(3)
Dish wash
Job Code(4)
--------
NO
Display Job Code Window
when Clocking-in
Allow to Specify Job Code
when Clocking-in
NO
YES
NO
Minor Employee
Allow to Clock-in with Non-
Preset Job Code
Ignore schedule setting
NOv
Cashier/Clerk Name
Harrison
0.00
0.00
7. Select an appropriate record to enter the character or choose
options.
8. Press the <ESC> key to assign schedule mode.
Field Meanings:
Employee No.:
Put in the numeric number (0 ~ 999999). When you put “0” at the
beginning of the number, these numbers are not recognized.
Put the specific character within 16-digits from the leftmost side.
Descriptor:
Social Security No.: Put in the numeric number (0 ~ 9999999999). When you put “0”
at the beginning of the number, these numbers are recognized.
Job Code (1)~(4):
Choose an item from the pulldown menu.
Cashier/Clerk Name: Choose an employee from the character pulldow menu.
P-74
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Time & Attendance
Schedule
1.Monday
2.Tuesday
3.Wednesday
4.Thursday
5.Friday
6.Saturday
7.Sunday
0.00
9. Select an appropriate day, and press the <YES> key.
Sean Harrison
Shift(1)
Start Time
Monday
Cook
08:00
10:00
00:15
10
End
Time
Break Time
Grace Before Start
Grace After Start
Grace Before End
Grace After End
00
00
15
Shift(2)
Start Time
End Time
Waiter
14:30
17:00 v
0.00
10. Select an appropriate record to enter the appropriate job and
time.
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-75
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 3
4-1-16 Programming hourly item link
Operation
Machine Feature
Machine Feature
9.Tax Table
^
10.Void Table
11.System Connection
12.I/O Parameter
13.Printer Connection
14.Time Zone
15.Time & Attendance
16.Hourly/Item Link v
0.00
0.00
0.00
4. Select “16. Hourly/Item Link” and press the <YES> key.
Hourly/Item Link
Hourly/Item Link
1.Time Zone
2.Time Zone
3.Time Zone
4.Time Zone
5.Time Zone
6.Time Zone
7.Time Zone
8.Time Zone
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8) v
5. Select an appropriate record, and press the <YES> key.
Time Zone
(1)
0001-031 0001-001 GROSS
0002-031 0002-001 NET
0003-031 0003-001 CAID
0004-031 0007-001 CHID
0005-031 0011-001 CKID
0006-031 0015-001 CRID
0007-031
0008-031
6. Selectanappropriaterecord, andchoosetheitemsfromPLU,
subdepartment, department, function, fixed totalizer, group,
and void reason.
• You can input the items directly from PLU, subdepartment,
departmentandfreefunction. ThePLU#, S-DEPT#, DEPT#,
and LIST# keys are possible to use.
0009-031
0010-031
0011-031
• If you want to delete the item, move the cursor on an
appropriate item, and then press the <NO> key. All items
below the cursor will be deleted. If you press <YES>, the
pulldown menu will appear to select an item.
7. Press the <ESC> key to go to the next menu.
P-76
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4-1-17 Programming IDC link
Operation
Machine Feature
Machine Feature
10.Void Table
^
11.System Connection
12.I/O Parameter
13.Printer Connection
14.Time Zone
15.Time & Attendance
16.Hourly/Item Link
17.IDC Link
0.00
4. Select “17. IDC Link” and press the <YES> key.
IDC Link
IDC Link
1.IDC Link (0001)
2.IDC Link (0002)
3.IDC Link (0003)
4.IDC Link (0004)
5.IDC Link (0005)
6.IDC Link (0006)
7.IDC Link (0007)
8.IDC Link (0008)
v
0.00
5. Select an appropriate record, and press the <YES> key.
IDC Link (0001)
0001-804 0001-004 PLU0001
Store File
IDC(1)
Store Data
Whole Transaction
6. Selectanappropriateitemandpressthe<YES>keytochoose
an option.
7. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
0.00
Field Meanings:
1. Item code:
• Choose an item from the pulldown menu of each file as below.
PLU, Sub-Department, Department, Free Function, Pull Down Group
Clerk
If you choose Clerk, then whole transaction is stored regardless “Store Data”
option.
•
You can input the items directly from PLU, Subdepartment, Department and Free
Function. The PLU#, S-DEPT#, DEPT#, and LIST# keys are possible to use.
To clear the record, enter “0” and then press the <YES> key.
•
2. Store File:
Specify the option for the Store File.
No., IDC(1), IDC(2), IDC(3)
3. Store Data:
Specify the option for the store file.
Item only, Whole Transaction
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-77
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 3
4-1-18 Programming Euro
Operation
Machine Feature
Machine Feature
11.System Connection ^
12.I/O Parameter
13.Printer Connection
14.Time Zone
15.Time & Attendance
16.Hourly/Item Link
17.IDC Link
18.EURO (Sub Currency v
0.00
4. Select “18. EURO (sub currency ” and press the <YES> key.
EURO (Sub Currency) Preset
EURO (sub) addmode
EURO (Sub Currency) Preset
0
EURO(sub) Rate Rounding
EURO(sub) > LOCAL(main) Rate
LOCAL(main) Rate Rounding
Print receipt EURO(sub) TL
Print receipt EURO(sub) TAX
Print receipt EURO(sub) Fin
Print receipt EURO(sub) CG
Print report EURO(sub) Amount
EURO(sub) Drawer number
Open drawer immediately
Change is EURO(sub)
Round off^
Quit this menu if changed.
LOCAL(main) > EURO(sub) Rate
100
0.01
Round off
EURO(sub) Rate Rounding
Round off
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
0
EURO(sub) > LOCAL(main) Rate
LOCAL(main) Rate Rounding
Print receipt EURO(sub) TL
Print receipt EURO(sub) TAX
Print receipt EURO(sub) Fin
Print receipt EURO(sub) CG
Print report EURO(sub) Amount
100
Round off
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NOv
0.00
0.00
5. Select the field you want to change and press the <YES>/
<NO> key or enter the numeric value and press the <YES>
key.
6. After programming, you should press the <ESC> key to
return to the previous menu.
Field Meanings:
1. EURO (sub) add mode:
Monetary mode of the currency (0 ~ 3)
Note: If you changed this value, just terminate this program and re-enter, in case of
modifying some values in this menu.
2. Rate: 6 digits, 0.00001 ~ 999999
3. Rate rounding: Round off/Cut off/Round up
4. Drawer number: Main = 0, 1/Sub (option) = 2
P-78
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4-1-19 Programming auto program control
This program restricts the broadcasting feature after programming.
Operation
Machine Feature
Machine Feature
12.I/O Parameter
13.Printer Connection
14.Time Zone
^
15.Time & Attendance
16.Hourly/Item Link
17.IDC Link
18.EURO (Sub Currency
19.Auto Pgm Control
0.00
4. Select “19. Auto Pgm control” and press the <YES> key.
Auto Pgm control
0001-905
0002-905
0003-905
0004-905
0902 01
0999 01
0000 00
0000 00
0.00
5. Select an appropriate record, and enter the program code.
6. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
Worksheet for Auto program control
Description
Choice
Program code
Significant
numbers
: : : :
File No.
D6 D5 D4 D3
No = 0
Yes = 1
:
Broadcast this file (designated by D6 ~ D3) only.
Ignore to receive this file (designated by D6 ~ D3).
D2
No = 0
Yes = 1
:
D1
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-79
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 3
4-2. Programming clerks
Preparation:
1. Sign on a clerk (if necessary).
P3C01
10-10-01 12:34
000000
2. Press <PGM MODE> to assign Program 3 mode.
PGM-3
1.Machine Feature
2.Clerk
3.Key Feature
0.00
3. Select “2. Clerk” and press the <YES> key.
4-2-1 Programming clerk features
Operation
Clerk
Clerk
1.Clerk Feature
2.Operation
3.Commission Rate
4.Table Range
5.Range
6.Clerk Detail
7.Clerk Key ID
0.00
4. Select “1. Clerk Feature” and press the <YES> key.
Clerk Feature
Clerk Feature
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
01
02
03
04
05
06
8.
7.C07
08
v
0.00
5. Select an appropriate clerk and press the <YES> key.
P-80
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Memory No.
Descriptor
1
Memory No.
1
C01
Secret number
1^
0
Secret number
1
Check No for Clerk Interrupt
Drawer number
Check No. for Clerk Interrupt
Drawer number
1
0
0
Type of operator
Cashier
Type of operator
Cashier
NO
Treat as Trainee
NO
Treat as trainee
Allow clerk to open check No.
belonging to another clerks
Prohibit clerk to sign on
Clerk sign off when receipt is
issued
Allow clerk to open check No.
belonging to another clerks
Prohibit clerk to sign on
Clerk sign off when receipt is
issued
NO
NO
NO
NO
YES
YESv
0.00
Void operation
Curre0nt.o0nl0y
6. Select an appropriate record and choose options.
7. After programming, press the <ESC> key to return to the
previous menu.
Field meaning
1. Type of operator:
Choose “Cashier/Clerk/Manager.”
2. Void operation:
Choose “Current only/Complete void/Not allowed.”
3. Descriptor (16 digits)
4. Secret code (1 ~ 9999)
5. Check number for clerk interrupt (1 ~ 999999)
6. Drawer number (1 ~ 2)
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-81
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 3
4-2-2 Programming operation
Preparation
Clerk
Clerk
1.Clerk Feature
2.Operation
3.Commission Rate
4.Table Range
5.Range
6.Cashier Detail
7.Clerk Key ID
0.00
4. Select “2. Operation” and press the <YES> key.
4-2-2-1 Programming clerk control
Operation
Operation
Operation
1.Clerk Control
2.Menu Shift / 2nd@
3.Mode Control
4.Allowed function 1
5.Allowed function 2
6.Allowed function 3
7.Allowed function 4
8.Allowed function 5v
0.00
5. Select “1. Clerk Control” and press the <YES> key.
Clerk Control
1.
2.C02Clerk Feature
01
C
3.
4.C04
03
C
5.
C
6.C06
05
7.
8.C08
07
C
v
0.00
6. Select an appropriate clerk and press the <YES> key.
Memory No.
1
Check No. Compulsory
Table No. Compulsory
No. of Covers Compulsory
GST RCT Compulsory(Finalize)
GST RCT Compulsory(NB)
Slip Automatic Batch Print
Compulsory(Finalize)
SLIP Automatic Batch Print
Compulsory(NB)
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
Seat Number Compulsory
Eat-in/Take-out Compulsory
0.00
7. Select an appropriate record and choose options.
8. After programming, press the <ESC> key to return to the
previous menu.
P-82
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4-2-2-2 Programming menu shift/2nd@
Operation
Operation
Operation
1.Clerk Control
2.Menu Shift/2nd@
3.Mode Control
4.Allowed function 1
5.Allowed function 2
6.Allowed function 3
7.Allowed function 4
8.Allowed function 5v
0.00
5. Select “2. Menu Shift/2nd@” and press the <YES> key.
Menu Shift / 2nd@
1.
2.C02Clerk Feature
01
C
3.
4.C04
03
C
65..C06
05
C
7.C07
8.C08
v
0.00
6. Select an appropriate clerk and press the <YES> key.
Memory No.
1
Memory No.
1
Allow to operate 1st Menu
Allow to operate 2nd Menu
Allow to operate 3rd Menu
Allow to operate 4th Menu
Allow to operate 5th Menu
Allow to operate 6th Menu
Allow to operate 7th Menu
Allow to operate 8th Menu
Shift PLU after sign on
Menu shift after sign on
Price shift after sign on
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
0
Allow to operate 3rd Menu
Allow to operate 4th Menu
Allow to operate 5th Menu
Allow to operate 6th Menu
Allow to operate 7th Menu
Allow to operate 8th Menu
Shift PLU after sign on
Menu shift after sign on
Price shift after sign on
Menu shift
YES^
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
0
0
0
0
Status
0v
Price shift
Status
0.00
0.00
7. Select an appropriate record and choose options.
8. After programming, press the <ESC> key to return to the
previous menu.
Field meaning
1. Allow to operate 1st ~ 8th Menu:
Allow/Prohibit to register by n-th (n = 1 ~ 8) Menu.
2. Shift PLU after sign on: (1 ~ 8)
Menu shift after sign on: (1 ~ 8)
Price shift after sign on: (1 ~ 2)
Default menu sheet No. or @ menu sheet No. after signing on.
3. Menu shift status/stay down:
Price shift status/stay down:
Not maintain/Maintain menu sheet No./@ menu sheet No. after item registration.
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-83
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 3
4-2-2-3 Programming mode control
Operation
Operation
Operation
1.Clerk Control
2.Menu Shift/2nd@
3.Mode Control
4.Allowed function 1
5.Allowed function 2
6.Allowed function 3
7.Allowed function 4
8.Allowed function 5v
0.00
5. Select “3. Mode Control” and press the <YES> key.
Mode Control
1.
2.C02Clerk Feature
01
C
3.
4.C04
03
C
5.
C
6.C06
05
7.
8.C08
07
C
v
0.00
6. Select an appropriate clerk and press the <YES> key.
Memory No.
1
Memory No.
1
Allow to operate REG Mode
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YESv
Allow to operate PGM2 Mode
Allow to operate PGM3 Mode
Allow to operate PGM4 Mode
Allow to operate PGM5 Mode
Allow to operate PGM6 Mode
Allow to operate X/Z Mode
Allow to operate Manager Mode
Allow to operate Inline Mode
Allow to operate AutoPGM
Allow to operate CF C0ard
Default mode after sign on
YES^
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
REG
Allow to operate RF
Mode
Allow to operate REG- Mode
Allow to operate PGM1 Mode
Allow to operate PGM2 Mode
Allow to operate PGM3 Mode
Allow to operate PGM4 Mode
Allow to operate PGM5 Mode
Allow to operate PGM6 Mode
Allow to operate X/Z Mode
Allow to operate Manager Mode
0.00
0.00
7. Select an appropriate record and choose options.
8. After programming, press the <ESC> key to return to the
previous menu.
Field meaning
1. Allow to operate Auto PGM (inline):
Allow to download/upload program.
P-84
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4-2-2-4 Programming function control 1
Operation
Operation
Operation
1.Clerk Control
2.Menu Shift/2nd@
3.Mode Control
4.Allowed function 1
5.Allowed function 2
6.Allowed function 3
7.Allowed function 4
8.Allowed function 5v
0.00
5. Select “4. Allowed function 1” and press the <YES> key.
Allowed Function 1
1.
2.C02Clerk Feature
01
C
3.
4.C04
03
C
5.
C
6.C06
05
7.
8.C08
07
C
v
0.00
6. Select an appropriate clerk and press the <YES> key.
Memory No.
Cash
1
Memory No.
1
Memory No.
1
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
Table Transfer
Tip
YES^
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YESv
Received on Account
Paid Out
Pick Up
Coupon
YES^
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
Charge
Check
Normal Receipt
Loan
Credit
New Balance
Price Inquiry
Stock Inquiry
Received on Account
Paid Out
Pick Up
Deposit
Minus
% Minus
Plus
Operate Character Recall
Character Print
Check Print
Coupon
Deposit
% Plus
Minus
Refund
Clerk Transfer
YESv
% Minus
Coupon2
0.00
0.00
0.00
7. Select an appropriate record and press the <YES>/<NO>
key.
8. After programming, press the <ESC> key to return to the
previous menu.
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-85
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 3
4-2-2-5 Programming function control 2
Operation
Operation
Operation
1.Clerk Control
2.Menu Shift/2nd@
3.Mode Control
4.Allowed function 1
5.Allowed function 2
6.Allowed function 3
7.Allowed function 4
8.Allowed function 5v
0.00
5. Select “5. Allowed function 2” and press the <YES> key.
Allowed Function 2
1.
2.C02Clerk Feature
01
C
3.
4.C04
03
C
65..C06
05
C
7.C07
8.C08
v
0.00
6. Select an appropriate clerk and press the <YES> key.
Memory No.
Validation
Receipt
1
Memory No.
1
Memory No.
1
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YESv
SLIP Back Feed/Release
SLIP Print
YES^
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YESv
SLIP Feed/Release
T/S
YES^
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
Check Endorsement
#
SLIP Feed/Release
T/S
Table Number
Money Declaration
Tax Exempt
#/Non Sales
Non Sales
Table Number
Money Declaration (not used)
Tax Exempt
Menu Shift
Number of Covers
Arrangement
Currency Exchange
VAT
Shift PLU
Menu Shift
LC Open
Shift PLU
Preset Open
LC Open
1st unit price shift
2nd unit price shift
Bill Copy
Preset Open
0.00
0.00
0.00
7. Select an appropriate record and press the <YES>/<NO>
key.
8. After programming, press the <ESC> key to return to the
previous menu.
P-86
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4-2-2-6 Programming function control 3
Operation
Operation
Operation
1.Clerk Control
2.Menu Shift/2nd@
3.Mode Control
4.Allowed function 1
5.Allowed function 2
6.Allowed function 3
7.Allowed function 4
8.Allowed function 5v
0.00
5. Select “6. Allowed function 3” and press the <YES> key.
Allowed Function 3
1.
2.C02Clerk Feature
01
C
3.
4.C04
03
C
65..C06
05
C
7.C07
8.C08
v
0.00
6. Select an appropriate clerk and press the <YES> key.
Memory No.
1
Memory No.
X
1
Operator X/Z
Tray Total
Subtotal
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YESv
YES^
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
X/For
X/XX
Receipt on/off
X/XXX
TAST
Ketten Bon
Operator Number
Selective Item ST
New Check
MDST
X
Old Check
X/For
X/XX
X/XXX
New/Old Check
Add Check
Separate Check
0.00
0.00
7. Select an appropriate record and press the <YES>/<NO>
key.
8. After programming, press the <ESC> key to return to the
previous menu.
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-87
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 3
4-2-2-7 Programming function control 4
Operation
Operation
Operation
1.Clerk Control
2.Menu Shift/2nd@
3.Mode Control
4.Allowed function 1
5.Allowed function 2
6.Allowed function 3
7.Allowed function 4
8.Allowed function 5v
0.00
5. Select “7. Allowed function 4” and press the <YES> key.
Allowed Function 4
1.
2.C02Clerk Feature
01
C
3.
4.C04
03
C
65..C06
05
C
7.C07
8.C08
v
0.00
6. Select an appropriate clerk and press the <YES> key.
Memory No.
Substitution
House Bon
1
Memory No.
1
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YESv
Eat-in
YES^
YES
YES
YES
YES
Take-out
Store
Operator Open Check
Media Change
Seat Number
Display On/Off
REG Mode
Recall
Dutch Account
Reverse Display
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
E-Journal Display
Home Position
X/Z Mode
PGM Mode
Display Mode Change
All Void (Current only)
All Void (Complete Void)
Post Entry
Round Repeat
0.00
0.00
7. Select an appropriate record and press the <YES>/<NO>
key.
8. After programming, press the <ESC> key to return to the
previous menu.
P-88
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4-2-2-8 Programming function control 5
Operation
Operation
Operation
1.Clerk Control
2.Menu Shift/2nd@
3.Mode Control
4.Allowed function 1
5.Allowed function 2
6.Allowed function 3
7.Allowed function 4
8.Allowed function 5v
0.00
5. Select “8. Allowed function 5” and press the <YES> key.
Allowed Function 5
Clerk Feature
1.C01
2.C02
3.C03
4.C04
5.C05
6.C06
7.C07
8.C08
v
0.00
6. Select an appropriate clerk and press the <YES> key.
Record No.
1
Price
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
PLU Number
Sub Department Number
Department Number
List Number
Touch PLU
Touch Department
Touch Sub Department
Touch List
0.00
7. Select an appropriate record and press the <YES>/<NO>
key.
8. After programming, press the <ESC> key to return to the
previous menu.
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-89
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 3
4-2-2-9 Programming arrangement control
Operation
Operation
Operation
3.Mode Control
^
4.Allowed function 1
5.Allowed function 2
6.Allowed function 3
7.Allowed function 4
8.Allowed function 5
9.Arrangement
10.Report
0.00
5. Select “9. Arrangement” and press the <YES> key.
Arrangement
1.
2.C02Clerk Feature
01
C
3.
4.C04
03
C
65..C06
05
C
7.C07
8.C08
v
0.00
6. Select an appropriate clerk and press the <YES> key.
Memory No.
1
ARG GP(1) Opration
ARG GP(2) Opration
ARG GP(3) Opration
ARG GP(4) Opration
ARG GP(5) Opration
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
0.00
7. Select an appropriate record and press the <YES>/<NO>
key.
8. After programming, press the <ESC> key to return to the
previous menu.
P-90
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4-2-2-10 Programming X/Z report control
Operation
Operation
Operation
3.Mode Control
^
4.Allowed function 1
5.Allowed function 2
6.Allowed function 3
7.Allowed function 4
8.Allowed function 5
9.Arrangement
10.Report
0.00
5. Select “10. Report” and press the <YES> key.
Report
1.
2.C02Clerk Feature
01
C
3.
4.C04
03
C
65..C06
05
C
7.C07
8.C08
v
0.00
6. Select an appropriate clerk and press the <YES> key.
Memory No.
1
Memory No.
1
Memory No.
1
Daily X
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YESv
Batch X/Z(6)
Batch X/Z(7)
Batch X/Z(8)
Batch X/Z(9)
Batch X/Z(10)
Operator X
YES^
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YESv
Batch X/Z(7)
Batch X/Z(8)
Batch X/Z(9)
Batch X/Z(10)
Operator X
YES^
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
Daily Z
Periodic(1) X
Periodic(1) Z
Periodic(2) X
Periodic(2) Z
Batch X/Z(1)
Batch X/Z(2)
Batch X/Z(3)
Batch X/Z(4)
Batch X/Z(5)
Operator Z
Operator Z
Individual totalizer X/Z
Individual X/Z (Key direct)
Individual X/Z (Others)
Employee X/Z
Individual totalizer X/Z
Individual X/Z (Key direct)
Individual X/Z (Others)
Employee X/Z
Employee Edit
0.00
0.00
0.00
7. Select an appropriate record and press the <YES>/<NO>
key.
8. After programming, press the <ESC> key to return to the
previous menu.
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-91
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 3
4-2-3 Programming commission rate
Operation
Clerk
Clerk
1.Clerk Feature
2.Operation
3.Commission Rate
4.Table Range
5.Range
6.Cashier Detail
7.Clerk Key ID
0.00
4. Select “3. Commission Rate” and press the <YES> key.
Commission Rate
1.
2.C02Clerk Feature
01
C
3.
4.C04
03
C
65..C06
05
C
7.C07
8.C08
v
0.00
5. Select an appropriate clerk and press the <YES> key.
Memory No.
1
Commission Rate(1)
Commission Rate(2)
0.00
0.00
0.00
7. Select an appropriate record and enter value (0 ~ 99.99), and
then press the <YES> key.
8. After programming, press the <ESC> key to return to the
previous menu.
P-92
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4-2-4 Programming table range
Operation
Clerk
Clerk
1.Clerk Feature
2.Operation
3.Commission Rate
4.Table Range
5.Range
6.Cashier Detail
7.Clerk Key ID
0.00
4. Select “4. Table Range” and press the <YES> key.
Table Range
1.
2.C02Clerk Feature
01
C
3.
4.C04
03
C
65..C06
05
C
7.C07
8.C08
v
0.00
5. Select an appropriate clerk and press the <YES> key.
Memory No.
1
Start Table Range
End Table Range
0
0
0.00
7. Select an appropriate record and enter values (0 ~ 999999),
and then press the <YES> key.
8. After programming, press the <ESC> key to return to the
previous menu.
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-93
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 3
4-2-5 Programming clerk by range
Preparation
Clerk
Clerk
1.Clerk Feature
2.Operation
3.Commission Rate
4.Table Range
5.Range
6.Cashier Detail
7.Clerk Key ID
0.00
4. Select “5. Range” and press the <YES> key.
4-2-5-1 Programming clerk control by range
Operation
Range
Operation
1.Clerk Control
2.Menu Shift / 2nd@
3.Mode Control
4.Allowed function 1
5.Allowed function 2
6.Allowed function 3
7.Allowed function 4
8.Allowed function 5 v
0.00
5. Select “1. Clerk Control” and press the <YES> key.
Clerk Control
Check No. Compulsory
NO
NO
NO
NO
NO
Table No. Compulsory
No. of Covers Compulsory
GST RCT Compulsory(Finalize)
GST RCT Compulsory(NB)
Slip Automatic Batch Print
Compulsory(Finalize)
SLIP Automatic Batch Print
Compulsory(NB)
NO
NO
NO
NO
Seat Number Compulsory
Eat-in/Take-out
6. Select an appropriate record and choose options.
7. After programming, press the <ESC> key to proceed to the
next step.
0.00
Clerk Control
Clerk Control
Enter Start range
0
0
Enter Start range
End range
1
End
range
123
OK?
YES
OK?
YES
0.00
0.00
8. Enter the start range No. and press the <YES> key.
(It starts “0001” if you skip to enter the start range.)
Then enter the end range No. and press the <YES> key.
(It ends the last record if you skip to enter the end range.)
9. Press the <YES> key.
10. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
P-94
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4-2-5-2 Programming menu shift/2nd@ by range
Operation
Range
Operation
1.Clerk Control
2.Menu Shift/2nd@
3.Mode Control
4.Allowed function 1
5.Allowed function 2
6.Allowed function 3
7.Allowed function 4
8.Allowed function 5 v
0.00
5. Select “2. Menu Shift / 2nd@” and press the <YES> key.
Menu Shift / 2nd@
Allow to operate 1st Menu
Allow to operate 2nd Menu
Allow to operate 3rd Menu
Allow to operate 4th Menu
Allow to operate 5th Menu
Allow to operate 6th Menu
Allow to operate 7th Menu
Allow to operate 8th Menu
Shift PLU after sign on
Menu shift after sign on
Price shift after sign on
Menu Shift / 2nd@
Allow to operate 3rd Menu
Allow to operate 4th Menu
Allow to operate 5th Menu
Allow to operate 6th Menu
Allow to operate 7th Menu
Allow to operate 8th Menu
Shift PLU after sign on
Menu shift after sign on
Price shift after sign on
Menu shift
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
0
YES^
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
0
0
0
0
Status
0v
Price shift
Status
0.00
0.00
6. Select an appropriate record and choose options.
7. After programming, press the <ESC> key to proceed to the
next step.
Menu Shift / 2nd@
Enter Start range
Menu Shift / 2nd@
0
Enter Start range
End range
1
End
range
0
99
OK?
YES
OK?
YES
0.00
0.00
8. Enter the start range No. and press the <YES> key.
(It starts “0001” if you skip to enter the start range.)
Then enter the end range No. and press the <YES> key.
(It ends the last record if you skip to enter the end range.)
9. Press the <YES> key.
10. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-95
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 3
4-2-5-3 Programming mode control by range
Operation
Range
Operation
1.Clerk Control
2.Menu Shift/2nd@
3.Mode Control
4.Allowed function 1
5.Allowed function 2
6.Allowed function 3
7.Allowed function 4
8.Allowed function 5 v
0.00
5. Select “3. Mode Control” and press the <YES> key.
Mode Control
Mode Control
Allow to operate PGM2 Mode
Allow to operate PGM3 Mode
Allow to operate PGM4 Mode
Allow to operate PGM5 Mode
Allow to operate PGM6 Mode
Allow to operate X/Z Mode
Allow to operate Manager Mode
Allow to operate Inline Mode
Allow to operate AutoPGM
Allow to operate CF Card
Default mode after sign on
Allow to operate REG Mode
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YESv
YES^
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
REG
Allow to operate RF
Mode
Allow to operate REG- Mode
Allow to operate PGM1 Mode
Allow to operate PGM2 Mode
Allow to operate PGM3 Mode
Allow to operate PGM4 Mode
Allow to operate PGM5 Mode
Allow to operate PGM6 Mode
Allow to operate X/Z Mode
Allow to operate Manager Mode
0.00
0.00
6. Select an appropriate record and choose options.
7. After programming, press the <ESC> key to proceed to the
next step.
Mode Control
Mode Control
Enter Start range
0
0
Enter Start range
End range
1
End
range
99
OK?
YES
OK?
YES
0.00
0.00
8. Enter the start range No. and press the <YES> key.
(It starts “0001” if you skip to enter the start range.)
Then enter the end range No. and press the <YES> key.
(It ends the last record if you skip to enter the end range.)
9. Press the <YES> key.
10. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
P-96
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4-2-5-4 Programming function control 1 by range
Operation
Range
Operation
1.Clerk Control
2.Menu Shift/2nd@
3.Mode Control
4.Allowed function 1
5.Allowed function 2
6.Allowed function 3
7.Allowed function 4
8.Allowed function 5 v
0.00
5. Select “4. Allowed function 1” and press the <YES> key.
Allowed function 1
Allowed function 1
Allowed function 1
Cash
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YESv
Table Transfer
YES^
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YESv
Received on Account
YES^
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
Charge
Check
Credit
Tip
Paid Out
Pick Up
Coupon
Deposit
Minus
Normal Receipt
Loan
New Balance
Received on Account
Paid Out
Pick Up
Price Inquiry
Stock Inquiry
% Minus
Plus
Operate Character Recall
Character Print
Check Print
Coupon
Deposit
% Plus
Refund
Coupon2
Minus
Clerk Transfer
% Minus
0.00
0.00
0.00
6. Select an appropriate record and press the <YES>/<NO>
key.
7. After programming, press the <ESC> key to proceed to the
next step.
Allowed function 1
Allowed function 1
Enter Start range
End range
0
Enter Start range
End range
1
0
99
OK?
YES
OK?
YES
0.00
0.00
8. Enter the start range No. and press the <YES> key.
(It starts “0001” if you skip to enter the start range.)
Then enter the end range No. and press the <YES> key.
(It ends the last record if you skip to enter the end range.)
9. Press the <YES> key.
10. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-97
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 3
4-2-5-5 Programming function control 2 by range
Operation
Range
Operation
1.Clerk Control
2.Menu Shift/2nd@
3.Mode Control
4.Allowed function 1
5.Allowed function 2
6.Allowed function 3
7.Allowed function 4
8.Allowed function 5 v
0.00
5. Select “5. Allowed function 2” and press the <YES> key.
Allowed function 2
Allowed function 2
Allowed function 2
Validation
Receipt
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YESv
SLIP Back Feed/Release
YES^
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YESv
T/S
YES^
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
SLIP Print
SLIP Feed/Release
T/S
Table Number
Money Declaration
Tax Exempt
Check Endorsement
#
#/Non Sales
Non Sales
Table Number
Money Declaration
Tax Exempt
Menu Shift
Shift PLU
Menu Shift
Shift PLU
Number of Covers
Arrangement
Currency Exchange
VAT
LC Open
Preset Open
1st unit price shift
2nd unit price shift
Clerk Number
LC Open
Bill Copy
Preset Open
0.00
0.00
0.00
6. Select an appropriate record and press the <YES>/<NO>
key.
7. After programming, press the <ESC> key to proceed to the
next step.
Allowed function 2
Allowed function 2
Enter Start range
End range
0
0
Enter Start range
End range
1
123
OK?
YES
OK?
YES
0.00
0.00
8. Enter the start range No. and press the <YES> key.
(It starts “0001” if you skip to enter the start range.)
Then enter the end range No. and press the <YES> key.
(It ends the last record if you skip to enter the end range.)
9. Press the <YES> key.
10. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
P-98
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4-2-5-6 Programming function control 3 by range
Operation
Range
Operation
1.Clerk Control
2.Menu Shift/2nd@
3.Mode Control
4.Allowed function 1
5.Allowed function 2
6.Allowed function 3
7.Allowed function 4
8.Allowed function 5 v
0.00
5. Select “6. Allowed function 3” and press the <YES> key.
Allowed function 3
Allowed function 3
Operator X/Z
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YESv
X/XX
YES^
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
Tray Total
Subtotal
Receipt on/off
TAST
X/XXX
Ketten Bon
Selective Item ST
New Check
Operator Number
MDST
Old Check
New/Old Check
Add Check
X
X/For
Separate Check
Clock-in/out
Break-in/out
X/XX
X/XXX
0.00
0.00
6. Select an appropriate record and press the <YES>/<NO>
key.
7. After programming, press the <ESC> key to proceed to the
next step.
Allowed function 3
Allowed function 3
Enter Start range
End range
0
0
Enter Start range
End range
1
123
OK?
YES
OK?
YES
0.00
0.00
8. Enter the start range No. and press the <YES> key.
(It starts “0001” if you skip to enter the start range.)
Then enter the end range No. and press the <YES> key.
(It ends the last record if you skip to enter the end range.)
9. Press the <YES> key.
10. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-99
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 3
4-2-5-7 Programming function control 4 by range
Operation
Range
Operation
1.Clerk Control
2.Menu Shift/2nd@
3.Mode Control
4.Allowed function 1
5.Allowed function 2
6.Allowed function 3
7.Allowed function 4
8.Allowed function 5 v
0.00
5. Select “7. Allowed function 4” and press the <YES> key.
Allowed function 4
Allowed function 4
Substitution
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YESv
Eat-in
Take-out
Store
YES^
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
House Bon
Operator Open Check
Media Change
Seat Number
Display On/Off
REG Mode
Recall
Dutch Account
Reverse Display
E-Journal Display
Home Position
X/Z Mode
PGM Mode
Display Mode Change
All Void (Current only)
All Void (Complete Void)
0.00
Post Entry
Round Repeat
0.00
6. Select an appropriate record and press the <YES>/<NO>
key.
7. After programming, press the <ESC> key to proceed to the
next step.
Allowed function 4
Allowed function 4
Enter Start range
End range
0
Enter Start range
End range
1
0
123
OK?
YES
OK?
YES
0.00
0.00
8. Enter the start range No. and press the <YES> key.
(It starts “0001” if you skip to enter the start range.)
Then enter the end range No. and press the <YES> key.
(It ends the last record if you skip to enter the end range.)
9. Press the <YES> key.
10. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
P-100
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4-2-5-8 Programming function control 5 by range
Operation
Range
Operation
1.Clerk Control
2.Menu Shift/2nd@
3.Mode Control
4.Allowed function 1
5.Allowed function 2
6.Allowed function 3
7.Allowed function 4
8.Allowed function 5 v
0.00
5. Select “8. Allowed function 5” and press the <YES> key.
Allowed function 5
Price
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
PLU Number
Sub Department Number
Department Number
List Number
Touch PLU
Touch Department
Touch Sub Department
Touch List
0.00
6. Select an appropriate record and press the <YES>/<NO>
key.
7. After programming, press the <ESC> key to proceed to the
next step.
Allowed function 5
Allowed function 5
Enter Start range
End range
0
0
Enter Start range
End range
1
123
OK?
YES
OK?
YES
0.00
0.00
8. Enter the start range No. and press the <YES> key.
(It starts “0001” if you skip to enter the start range.)
Then enter the end range No. and press the <YES> key.
(It ends the last record if you skip to enter the end range.)
9. Press the <YES> key.
10. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-101
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 3
4-2-5-9 Programming arrangement control by range
Operation
Range
Operation
5.Allowed function 2^
6.Allowed function 3
7.Allowed function 4
8.Allowed function 5
9.Arrangement
10.Report
11.Commission Rate
12.Table Range
0.00
5. Select “9. Arrangement” and press the <YES> key.
Arrangement
ARG GP(1) Opration
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
ARG GP(2) Opration
ARG GP(3) Opration
ARG GP(4) Opration
ARG GP(5) Opration
0.00
6. Select an appropriate record and press the <YES>/<NO>
key.
7. After programming, press the <ESC> key to proceed to the
next step.
Arrangement
Arrangement
Enter Start range
End range
0
0
Enter Start range
End range
1
123
OK?
YES
OK?
YES
0.00
0.00
8. Enter the start range No. and press the <YES> key.
(It starts “0001” if you skip to enter the start range.)
Then enter the end range No. and press the <YES> key.
(It ends the last record if you skip to enter the end range.)
9. Press the <YES> key.
10. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
P-102
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4-2-5-10 Programming X/Z report control by range
Operation
Range
Operation
5.Allowed function 2^
6.Allowed function 3
7.Allowed function 4
8.Allowed function 5
9.Arrangement
10.Report
11.Commission Rate
12.Table Range
0.00
5. Select “10. Report” and press the <YES> key.
Report
Report
Report
Daily X
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YESv
Batch X/Z(6)
Batch X/Z(7)
Batch X/Z(8)
Batch X/Z(9)
Batch X/Z(10)
Operator X
YES^
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YESv
Batch X/Z(7)
Batch X/Z(8)
Batch X/Z(9)
Batch X/Z(10)
Operator X
YES^
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
YES
Daily Z
Periodic(1) X
Periodic(1) Z
Periodic(2) X
Periodic(2) Z
Batch X/Z(1)
Batch X/Z(2)
Batch X/Z(3)
Batch X/Z(4)
Batch X/Z(5)
Operator Z
Operator Z
Individual totalizer X/Z
Individual X/Z (Key direct)
Individual X/Z (Others)
Employee X/Z
Individual totalizer X/Z
Individual X/Z (Key direct)
Individual X/Z (Others)
Employee X/Z
Employee Edit
0.00
0.00
0.00
6. Select an appropriate record and press the <YES>/<NO>
key.
7. After programming, press the <ESC> key to proceed to the
next step.
Report
Report
Enter Start range
End range
0
Enter Start range
End range
1
0
123
OK?
YES
OK?
YES
0.00
0.00
8. Enter the start range No. and press the <YES> key.
(It starts “0001” if you skip to enter the start range.)
Then enter the end range No. and press the <YES> key.
(It ends the last record if you skip to enter the end range.)
9. Press the <YES> key.
10. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-103
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 3
4-2-5-11 Programming commission rate by range
Operation
Range
Operation
5.Allowed function 2^
6.Allowed function 3
7.Allowed function 4
8.Allowed function 5
9.Arrangement
10.Report
11.Commission Rate
12.Table Range
0.00
5. Select “11. Commission Rate” and press the <YES> key.
Commission Rate
Commission Rate(1)
Commission Rate(2)
0.00
0.00
0.00
6. Select an appropriate record, enter the rate and press the
<YES> key.
7. After programming, press the <ESC> key to proceed to the
next step.
Commission Rate
Commission Rate
Enter Start range
End range
0
0
Enter Start range
End range
1
123
OK?
YES
OK?
YES
0.00
0.00
8. Enter the start range No. and press the <YES> key.
(It starts “0001” if you skip to enter the start range.)
Then enter the end range No. and press the <YES> key.
(It ends the last record if you skip to enter the end range.)
9. Press the <YES> key.
10. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
P-104
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4-2-5-12 Programming table range by range
Operation
Range
Operation
5.Allowed function 2^
6.Allowed function 3
7.Allowed function 4
8.Allowed function 5
9.Arrangement
10.Report
11.Commission Rate
12.Table Range
0.00
5. Select “12. Table Range” and press the <YES> key.
Table Range
Start Table Range
End Table Range
0
0
0.00
6. Select an appropriate record, enter the range and press the
<YES> key.
7. After programming, press the <ESC> key to proceed to the
next step.
Table Range
Table Range
Enter Start range
End range
0
0
Enter Start range
End range
1
99
OK?
YES
OK?
YES
0.00
0.00
8. Enter the start range No. and press the <YES> key.
(It starts “0001” if you skip to enter the start range.)
Then enter the end range No. and press the <YES> key.
(It ends the last record if you skip to enter the end range.)
9. Press the <YES> key.
10. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-105
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 3
4-2-6 Programming clerk detail
Operation
Clerk
Clerk
1.Clerk Feature
2.Operation
3.Commission Rate
4.Table Range
5.Range
6.Clerk Detail
7.Clerk Key ID
0.00
4. Select “6. Clerk Detail” and press the <YES> key.
Addition/Modification
Clerk Detail
0001-030 0001-001 GROSS
0002-030 0002-001 NET
0003-030 0003-001 CAID
0004-030 0001-006 GRP001
0005-030 0005-006 PLU001
0006-030 0001-002 CASH
0007-030
0008-030
0009-030
0010-030
0.00
7. Selectarecordyouwanttoaddanitemormodifytheitemand
press the <YES> key.
Clerk Detail
Item
1.Fixed Totalizer
2.Free Function
3.PLU
4.Sub-Department
5.Dept
6.Group
7.Void Table
0.00
8. Select a file which you want to program.
Clerk Detail
Fixed Totalizer
1.GROSS
2.NET
3.CAID
4.CATL
5.CA+
6.CA-
7.CHID
8.CHTL
v
0.00
9. Select a record which you want to program.
10. Repeat step 7 to 9, until completing this pulldown group item
program.
11. Press <ESC> key to terminate the program and return to the
previous menu.
P-106
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Deletion
Clerk Detail
0001-030 0001-001 GROSS
0002-030 0002-001 NET
0003-030 0003-001 CAID
0004-030 0001-006 GRP001
0005-030 0005-006 PLU001
0006-030 0001-002 CASH
0007-030
0008-030
0009-030
0010-030
0.00
6. Select the smallest record you want to delete the item(s) and
press the <NO> key.
Clerk Detail
Memory No. 01-10 Delete OK? Yes
0.00
7. Press the <YES> key.
8. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
4-2-7 Programming clerk key ID
Operation
Clerk
Clerk
1.Clerk Feature
2.Operation
3.Commission Rate
4.Table Range
5.Range
6.Cashier Detail
7.Clerk Key ID
0.00
4. Select “7. Clerk Key ID” and press the <YES> key.
Clerk Key ID
1234567890AB
ABCDEFGHIJKL
Clerk Key CID
01
GLENN DEAL
Clerk
1.(Key ID reset)
2.
C01
3.GLENN DEAL
4.C
5.C
6.C
C
03
04
05
8.
7.C06
07
v
0.00
0.00
5. Contact the clerk key to the clerk key switch, and press the
<YES> key.
6. Select the appropriate clerk.
7. Repeat step 5 to 6, until completing this procedure.
8. Press <ESC> key to terminate the program and return to the
previous menu.
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-107
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 3
4-3. Programming key features
Preparation:
1. Sign on a clerk (if necessary).
P3C01
10-10-01 12:34
000000
2. Press <PGM MODE> to assign Program 3 mode.
PGM-3
1.Machine Feature
2.Clerk
3.Key Feature
0.00
3. Select “3. Key Feature” and press the <YES> key.
4-3-1 Programming PLU features
Operation
Key Feature
Key Feature
1.PLU
2.PLU 2nd@
3.Sub-Department
4.Department
5.Range
6.Individual PGM
7.Function Key
8.Shift PLU
v
0.00
4. Select “1.PLU” and press the <YES> key.
Key Feature
PLU
1.PLU0001
2.PLU0002
3.PLU0003
4.PLU0004
5.PLU0005
6.PLU0006
7.PLU0007
8.PLU0008
v
0.00
5. Select an appropriate item directly, by entering record No. or
by entering PLU No. and press the <YES> key.
Memory No.
1
Record No.
Order color
1
Use Random Code
Descriptor
123456
Black^
PLU0001
Order Printer #1
Order Printer #2
Order Printer #3
Order Printer #4
Order Printer #5
Order Printer #6
Order Printer #7
Order char Link
Number of Bon
NO
Price
0.00
Normal Item
Normal Item
--------
--------
--------
Non Tax
NO
Receipt type
Item type
NO
NO
Group Link
Dept Link
NO
NO
Sub-Dept Link
Taxable status
Commission
NO
--------
0
None
Selective item
Nonev
Unit stock
0.000v
0.00
0.00
P-108
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Memory No.
1
Memory No.
List Link #4
Open PLU
1
Minimum Stock
Set Menu Table
List Link #1
List Link #2
List Link #3
List Link #4
Open PLU
0.000^
0
--------^
NO
--------
--------
--------
--------
NO
Zero Unit Price
Negative Price
NO
NO
Hash Item
NO
Full hash item
NO
High Amount Limit
Low Digit Limit
Multiple VLD
0.00
Zero Unit Price
Negative Price
Hash Item
NO
0
N Repeat
NO
NO
NO
Use main Item Amt Only
Use Premium Item of Set
Full hash item
NOv
NO
0.00
0.00
6. Selectanappropriaterecordandpressthe<YES>/<NO>key
or enter the numeric value and press the <YES> key.
7. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
Field meaning
1. Receipt type:
You can choose “Normal Item” or “Single Item.”
2. Item type:
You can choose “Normal item”, “Condiment” or “Preparation.”
3. Order color:
You can choose “Black” or “Red”. (for UP-350, “Black” means “Normal” and “Red”
“Reverse”.
4. Order Printer #1 ~ #7:
These numbers are defined in the printer definition table
5. Random code: 000001 - 999999, Descriptor: 0-24 character, Number of Bon: 1 - 9,
Minimum stock: 0.001 - 99.999, Unit stock: 0.001 - 99.999,
High amount limit: 0 - 999999, Low digit limit: 0, 1 - 7
Note:
Ifyouwanttodeletetheprograminthegrouplink,deptlink,sub-deptlink,listlinkfield,order
character link, enter “0” and press the <YES> key.
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-109
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 3
4-3-2 Programming PLU 2nd@ features
Operation
Key Feature
Key Feature
1.PLU
2.PLU 2nd@
3.Sub-Department
4.Department
5.Range
6.Individual PGM
7.Function Key
8.Shift PLU
v
0.00
4. Select “2. PLU 2nd@” and press the <YES> key.
Key Feature
PLU 2nd@
1.PLU0001
2.PLU0002
3.PLU0003
4.PLU0004
5.PLU0005
6.PLU0006
7.PLU0007
8.PLU0008
v
0.00
5. Select an appropriate item directly, by entering record No. or
by entering PLU No. and press the <YES> key.
Memory No.
1
Random Code
0
Descriptor
Qty
PLU0001
0.00
0.00
Price
Group Link
Dept Link
Sub-Dept Link
--------
--------
--------
Non Tax
0.000
Taxable status
Unit Stock
Zero Unit Price
NO
0.00
6. Selectanappropriaterecordandpressthe<YES>/<NO>key
or enter the numeric value and press the <YES> key.
7. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
Field meaning
1. Qty: 0.00 - 9999.99, Descriptor: 0 - 24 character, Price: 0 - 999999,
Unit stock: 0.001 - 99.999
P-110
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4-3-3 Programming subdepartment features
Operation
Key Feature
Key Feature
1.PLU
2.PLU 2nd@
3.Sub-Department
4.Department
5.Range
6.Individual PGM
7.Function Key
8.Shift PLU
v
0.00
4. Select “3. Sub-Department” and press the <YES> key.
Key Feature
Sub-Department
1.SUBDEPT01
2.SUBDEPT02
3.SUBDEPT03
4.SUBDEPT04
0.00
5. Select an appropriate item directly or by entering record No.
and press the <YES> key.
Memory No.
Descriptor
Price
1
Memory No.
1
Memory No.
1
SUBDEPT01
Order Printer #3
Order Printer #4
Order Printer #5
Order Printer #6
Order Printer #7
Order Char Link
Number of Bon
List Link #1
NO^
NO
NO
NO
NO
List Link #1
List Link #2
List Link #3
List Link #4
--------^
0.00
--------
Receipt Type
Group Link
Dept Link
Normal Item
--------
--------
Non Tax
None
--------
--------
Zero Unit Price
Negative Price
Hash Item
NO
NO
Taxable status
Commission
Selective item
Order color
--------
0
--------
--------
--------
-0--.--0--0-v
NO
None
Full hash item
High Amount Limit
Low Digit Limit
Multiple VLD
NO
Black
List Link #2
0.00
0
Order Printer #1
Order Printer #2
NO
List Link #3
NOv
List Link #4
0.00
N0R.ep0ea0t
6. Selectanappropriaterecordandpressthe<YES>/<NO>key
or enter the numeric value and press the <YES> key.
7. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
Field meaning
1. Descriptor: 0 - 24 character, Price: 0 - 999999, Number of Bon: 1 - 9,
High amount limit: 0 - 999999, Low digit limit: 0, 1 - 7
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-111
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 3
4-3-4 Programming department features
Operation
Key Feature
Key Feature
1.PLU
2.PLU 2nd@
3.Sub-Department
4.Department
5.Range
6.Individual PGM
7.Function Key
8.Shift PLU
v
0.00
4. Select “4. Department” and press the <YES> key.
Key Feature
Department
1.DEPT01
2.DEPT02
3.DEPT03
4.DEPT04
0.00
5. Select an appropriate item directly or by entering record No.
and press the <YES> key.
Memory No.
Descriptor
Price
1
Memory No.
1
Memory No.
1
DEPT01
Order Printer #4
Order Printer #5
Order Printer #6
Order Printer #7
Order Char Link
Number of Bon
List Link #1
NO^
NO
List Link #1
List Link #2
List Link #3
List Link #4
--------^
0.00
--------
Receipt Type
Group Link
Taxable status
Commission
Selective item
Order color
Normal Item
--------
Non Tax
None
NO
--------
NO
--------
--------
Zero Unit Price
Negative Price
Hash Item
NO
NO
0
--------
--------
--------
--------
None
NO
Black
NO
List Link #1
Full hash item
High Amount Limit
Low Digit Limit
Multiple VLD
NO
Order Printer #1
Order Printer #2
Order Printer #3
List Link #1
0.00
0
NO
List Link #1
NOv
Zero Unit Price
NOv
0.00
0.00
N0R.ep0ea0t
6. Selectanappropriaterecordandpressthe<YES>/<NO>key
or enter the numeric value and press the <YES> key.
7. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
Field meaning
1. Descriptor: 0 - 24 character, Price: 0 - 999999, Number of Bon: 1 - 9,
High amount limit: 0 - 999999, Low digit limit: 0, 1 - 7
P-112
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4-3-5 Programming by range
Operation
Key Feature
Key Feature
1.PLU
2.PLU 2nd@
3.Sub-Department
4.Department
5.Range
6.Individual PGM
7.Function Key
8.Shift PLU
v
0.00
4. Select “5. Range” and press the <YES> key.
Select the subject you want to program
Range
Range
Range
Range
1.PLU
1.PLU
2.PLU 2nd@
3.Sub-Department
4.Deparment
2.PLU 2nd@
3.Sub-Department
4.Deparment
0.00
0.00
Range
Range
Range
1.PLU
Range
1.PLU
2.PLU 2nd@
3.Sub-Department
4.Deparment
2.PLU 2nd@
3.Sub-Department
4.Deparment
0.00
0.00
5. Select
“1. PLU/2. PLU 2nd@/3. Sub-Department/4. Department”
and press the <YES> key.
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-113
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 3
4-3-5-1 General procedure of PLU, PLU 2nd@, subdepartment, department by range
PLU
Range
1.Receipt type
2.Item Type
3.Group Link
4.Dept Link
5.Sub-Dept link
6.Taxable status
7.Commission
8.Selective item
v
0.00
6. Selectanappropriatejob(refertothenextpage) andpressthe
<YES> key.
Receipt Type
Receipt Type
Normal Item
Enter Start range
0
0
End
range
OK?
YES
0.00
7. Select an appropriate type and press the <YES> key.
Receipt Type
Receipt Type
Normal Item
Enter Start range
1
0
End
range
OK?
YES
8. Enter the start range No. and press the <YES> key.
(It starts “0001” if you skip to enter the start range.)
Then enter the end range No. and press the <YES> key.)
(It ends the last record if you skip to enter the end range.)
0.00
Receipt Type
Receipt Type
Normal Item
Enter Start range
End range
1
50
OK?
YES
0.00
9. Press the <YES> key.
10. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
P-114
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4-3-5-2 Programming hierarchy of programming title
PLU
PLU 2nd@
Sub-Dept
Dept
1. Receipt Type
2. Item Type
1. Receipt Type
1. Receipt Type
3. Group Link
4. Dept Link
1. Group Link
2. Dept Link
2. Group Link
3. Dept Link
2. Group Link
5. Sub-Dept Link
6. Taxable Status
7. Commission
3. Sub-Dept Link
4. Taxable Status
4. Taxable Status
5. Commission
3. Taxable Status
4. Commission
8. Selective item
9. Order color
6. Selective item
7. Order color
5. Selective item
6. Order color
10. Order Printer #1
11. Order Printer #2
12. Order Printer #3
13. Order Printer #4
14. Order Printer #5
15. Order Printer #6
16. Order Printer #7
17. Order Char Link
18. Number of Bon
19. Unit Stock
8. Order Printer #1
9. Order Printer #2
10. Order Printer #3
11. Order Printer #4
12. Order Printer #5
13. Order Printer #6
14. Order Printer #7
15. Order Char Link
16. Number of Bon
7. Order Printer #1
8. Order Printer #2
9. Order Printer #3
10. Order Printer #4
11. Order Printer #5
12. Order Printer #6
13. Order Printer #7
14. Order Char Link
15. Number of Bon
5. Unit Stock
20. Minimum Stock
21. Set Menu Table
22. List Link #1
23. List Link #2
24. List Link #3
17. List Link #1
18. List Link #2
19. List Link #3
20. List Link #4
16. List Link #1
17. List Link #2
18. List Link #3
19. List Link #4
25. List Link #4
26. Open PLU
27. Zero Unit Price
28. Negative Price
29. Hash Item
6. Zero Unit Price
21. Zero Unit Price
22. Negative Price
23. Hash Item
20. Zero Unit Price
21. Negative Price
22. Hash Item
30. Full hash item
31. High Amount Limit
32. Low Digit Limit
33. Multiple VLD
34. Use main item amt only
35. Use premium item of set
24. Full hash item
25. High Amount Limit
26. Low Digit Limit
27. Multiple VLD
23. Full hash item
24. High Amount Limit
25. Low Digit Limit
26. Multiple VLD
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-115
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 3
4-3-6 Programming individual program
Operation
Key Feature
Key Feature
1.PLU
2.PLU 2nd@
3.Sub-Department
4.Department
5.Range
6.Individual PGM
7.Function Key
8.Shift PLU
v
0.00
4. Select “6. Individual PGM” and press the <YES> key.
Select a job you want to program
5. Select jobs listed below.
Individual PGM
1. Receipt Type
2. Item Type
3. Group Link
19. Unit Stock: 0.001 - 99.9999
20. MinimumStock:0.001-99.9999
21. Set Menu table
22. List Link #1
23. List Link #2
24. List Link #3
25. List Link #4
26. Open PLU
27. Zero Unit Price
Individual PGM
1.Receipt Type
2.Item Type
3.Group Link
4.Dept Link
4. Dept Link
5.Sub-Dept Link
6.Taxable status
7.Commission
5. Sub-Dept Link
6. Taxable status
7. Commission
8. Selective item
9. Order color
8.Selective item
v
0.00
10. Order Print #1
11. Order Print #2
12. Order Print #3
13. Order Print #4
14. Order Print #5
15. Order Print #6
16. Order Print #7
17. Order Char Link
18. Number of Bon: 0 - 9
and press the <YES> key.
28. Negative Price
29. Hash Item
30. Full hash item
31. High Amount Limit: 0 - 999999
32. Low Digit Limit: 0, 1 - 7
33. Multiple VLD
34. Use main item amt
35. Use premium item 0
Individual PGM
Receipt Type
Normal Item
Enter PLU No or
touch keys.
0.00
6. Selectanappropriaterecordandpressthe<YES>/<NO>key
or enter the numeric value and press the <YES> key.
Receipt Type
Normal Item
0001-004
0002-004
0003-004
PLU0001
PLU0002
PLU0003
0.00
7. Enter PLU Nos. or press keys you want to program.
8. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
P-116
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4-3-7 Programming key function program
Operation
Key Feature
Key Feature
1.PLU
2.PLU 2nd@
3.Sub-Department
4.Department
5.Range
6.Individual PGM
7.Function Key
8.Shift PLU
v
0.00
4. Select “7. Function Key” and press the <YES> key.
Function Key
Cash
Charge
Check
RC
000000000000
000000000000
000000000000
000000000000
000000000000
000000000000
000000000000
000000000000
000000000000
PD
%-
%+
Subtotal
Void
0.00
5. Enter program code (refer to the worksheet on the following
pages) and press the function key.
Key descriptor
6. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
NOTE: Press an appropriate function key without number entry on the keyboard, it shows
current setting.
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-117
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 3
4-3-7-1 Worksheet for cash, charge, credit and check
Description
Choice
Program code
Significant
number (0 ~9)
Allowable number of validation printing (“0” means no limitation)
:
*1 *3 *4
D11
No = 0
Yes = 1
Force validation operation. *1 *3 *4
a
b
c
No = 0
Yes = 2
:
(a+b+c)
D10
Print check number barcode on receipt.
No = 0
Yes = 4
Restriction (to 00, 25, 50, 75) on last two digits for amount
tendered (Only for <CASH> in Danish rounding)
;
Always “0”
D9
No = 0
Yes = 1
Force batch slip printing. *1 *4
a
b
c
a
b
c
a
b
c
a
b
:
(a+b+c)
D8
No = 0
Yes = 2
Force check endorsement printing (Only for <CHECK>). *3 *4
Force check printing (Only for <CHECK>). *3 *4
Prohibit entry of a partial payment
Prohibit the entry of the amount tendered.
Force entry of the amount tendered.
No = 0
Yes = 4
No = 0
Yes = 1
:
(a+b+c)
D7
No = 0
Yes = 2
No = 0
Yes = 4
No = 0
Yes = 1
Print VAT breakdown. *1 *2
:
(a+b+c)
D6
Check cashing commission (Only for <CHECK>) *3
Amount = 0
Rate = 2
1 Use an amount
2 Use a rate
Validation amount *3
1 Print subtotal amount 2 Print amount tendered
Subtotal = 0
Tender = 4
No = 0
Yes = 1
No change due is made in tendering operation.
:
(a+b)
D5
Yes = 0
No = 2
Issue receipt while check tracking/clerk interrupt.
Maximum
value (0 ~ 9)
High amount limit specification for subtotal and tendering
amounts. *3
: :
D4 D3
Number of
zeros (0 ~ 9)
Maximum
value (0 ~ 9)
: :
D2 D1
High amount limit specification for change amount due.
Number of
zeros (0 ~ 9)
*1 Those are valid options for AUTO CASH as well.
*2 Those are valid options for Single item as well.
*3 Those are valid options for Cashing a check as well.
*4 Those are valid options for Currency exchange (include partial tender) as well.
P-118
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4-3-7-2 Worksheet for new balance
Description
Allowable number of validation printing (“0” means no limitation)
Choice
Program code
Significant
number (0 ~9)
:
D11
No = 0
Yes = 1
a
Force validation operation.
Print check number barcode on receipt.
Always “0”
:
(a+b)
D10
No = 0
Yes = 2
b
;
D9
No = 0
Yes = 1
a
Force batch slip printing.
Open drawer when the key is pressed.
Always “0”
:
(a+b)
D8
No = 0
Yes = 2
b
;
D7
No = 0
Yes = 1
a
Print VAT breakdown.
Service charge
:
(a+b)
D6
Amount = 0
Rate = 2
b
1 Use an amount
2 Use a rate
Yes = 0
No = 2
:
D5
Issue receipt while check tracking/clerk interrupt.
; ; ; ;
D4 D3 D2 D1
Always “0000”
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-119
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 3
4-3-7-3 Worksheet for text print, text recall
Description
Choice
Program code
Significant
numbers
Start record number of displaying “TEXT RECALL WINDOW”
(“00” means “01”.)
: :
D9 D8
Yes = 0
No = 1
Allow clerk or mode change after the “text recall” key
depression. (effective only for “text recall” key)
:
D7
Yes = 0
No = 2
Print characters to sales receipt printer.
Significant
number
Order character record No. (01 ~ 99)
(“00” clears programming)
: :
D6 D5
Black = 0
Red = 1
a
b
c
a
b
c
a
b
c
Printing color (effective only for order)
Display/print with quantity.
:
(a+b+c)
D4
No = 0
Yes = 2
No = 0
Yes = 4
Staydown “TEXT RECALL WINDOW”
(effective only for “text recall” key)
No = 0
Yes = 1
Print characters to order printer 1.
Print characters to order printer 2.
Print characters to order printer 3.
Print characters to order printer 4.
Print characters to order printer 5.
Print characters to order printer 6.
Print characters to order printer 7.
:
(a+b+c)
D3
No = 0
Yes = 2
No = 0
Yes = 4
No = 0
Yes = 1
:
(a+b+c)
D2
No = 0
Yes = 2
No = 0
Yes = 4
No = 0
Yes = 1
:
D1
P-120
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4-3-7-4 Worksheet for check print
Description
Choice
Program code
Significant
number
:
D7
Number of back feed lines before printing (0 ~ 9)
;;;;;;
D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1
Always “000000”
4-3-7-5 Worksheet for clerk transfer
Description
Choice
Program code
1 = 0
2 = 1
Clerk number
1 Memory number
:
D7
2 Clerk secret number
;;;;;;
D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1
Always “000000”
4-3-7-6 Worksheet for table transfer
Description
Choice
Program code
No = 0
Yes = 1
Allow to add checks while table transferring.
Transfer the customer number.
Transfer only total amounts. (ST transfer)
Auto check transfer
a
b
c
a
b
:
(a+b+c)
D7
Yes = 0
No = 2
No = 0
Yes = 4
No = 0
Yes = 1
:
(a+b)
D6
No = 0
Yes = 2
Receipt is issued, even if the receipt switch is off.
Print receipt.
Yes = 0
No = 2
:
D5
;;;;
D4 D3 D2 D1
Always “0000”
4-3-7-7 Worksheet for tip
Description
Choice
Program code
Yes = 0
No = 4
Multiple validation
:
If “No”, only one validation printing is possible.)
Always “0000”
D11
; ; ; ;
D10 D9 D8 D7
; ; ;
D6 D5 D4
Always “000”
Significant
number
High digit limitation (HDL) for manually entered unit price
(“9” means NOT allow manual entry)
:
D3
; ;
D2 D1
Always “00”
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-121
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 3
4-3-7-8 Worksheet for loan, pick up
Description
Choice
Program code
Significant
:
Allowable number of validation printing (“0” means no limitation)
Force validation operation. (only effective after receipt issuance)
Always “00000”
number (0 ~9)
D11
No = 0
Yes = 1
:
D10
; ; ; ; ;
D9 D8 D7 D6 D5
Maximum
value (0 ~ 9)
: :
D4 D3
High amount limit specification for entering amounts
Number of
zeros (0 ~ 9)
; ;
D2 D1
Always “00”
4-3-7-9 Worksheet for received on account, paid out
Description
Choice
Program code
Significant
number (0 ~9)
:
D11
Allowable number of validation printing (“0” means no limitation)
No = 0
Yes = 1
:
D10
Force validation operation.
; ; ; ; ;
D9 D8 D7 D6 D5
Always “00000”
Maximum
value (0 ~ 9)
: :
High amount limit specification for entering amounts
Number of
zeros (0 ~ 9)
D4 D3
;
D2
Always “0”
No = 0
Yes = 1
:
D1
Enter numbers after registration.
P-122
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4-3-7-10 Worksheet for plus, minus, coupon
Description
Choice
Program code
Multiple validation
(If “No”, only one validation printing is possible.)
:
D11
Yes = 0
No = 4
;
D10
Always “0”
U.S., Singapore:
Taxable status 1
No = 0
Yes = 1
a
b
c
No = 0
Yes = 2
; :
(a+b+c)
D9 D8
Taxable status 2
Taxable status 3
No = 0
Yes = 4
Canada:
Taxable 1 = 01, Taxable 2 = 02, Taxable 3 = 03, Taxable 4 = 04
Taxable 1 & 2 = 05, Taxable 1 & 3 = 06,Taxable 1 & 4 = 07
All taxable = 08, Non taxable = 00
Significant
numbers
: :
D9 D8
Other area:
Significant
numbers
Taxable status 01 ~ 10 (“00” means Non-tax)
:
Yes = 1
No = 0
Allow credit balance. (–, CPN only)
Always “00”
D7
; ;
D6 D5
Yes = 0
No = 1
Allow key operation after <SUBTOTAL>.
Allow key operation after item registration.
a
:
(a+b)
D4
Yes = 0
No = 4
b
High digit limitation (HDL) for manually entered unit price
(“9” means NOT allow manual entry.)
:
D3
Significant
number
No = 0
Yes = 1
Commission 1
Commission 2
Always “0”
a
:
(a+b)
D2
No = 0
Yes = 2
b
;
D1
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-123
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 3
4-3-7-11 Worksheet for deposit+, deposit–
Description
Choice
Program code
No = 0
Yes = 1
a
Force validation operation.
:
(a+b)
D10
No = 0
Yes = 4
b
Multiple validation (If “No”, only one validation is possible.)
; ;
D9 D8
Always “00”
DEPO+ = 0
:
Key attribution
Open cash drawer.
DEPO– = 1
D7
No = 0
Yes = 2
:
D6
Media definition:
Cash = 0, charge = 1, check = 2, credit = 3
Significant
number
:
D5
Maximum
value (0 ~ 9)
: :
D4 D3
High amount limit specification for entering amounts
Number of
zeros (0 ~ 9)
; ;
D2 D1
Always “00”
4-3-7-12 Worksheet for void
Description
Choice
Program code
Yes = 1
No = 0
:
D2
Item delete (When “No” is selected, only a line can be deleted.)
Yes = 4
No = 0
:
D1
Select void reason.
4-3-7-13 Worksheet for check endorsement
Description
Choice
Program code
Significant
number
:
Line number of auto-back feed before printing (0 ~ 9)
D7
;;;;;;
D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1
Always “000000”
P-124
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4-3-7-14 Worksheet for discount, premium
Description
Choice
Program code
Multiple validation
(If “No”, only one validation printing is possible.)
Yes = 0
No = 4
:
D11
;
D10
Always “0”
U.S., Singapore:
Taxable status 1
No = 0
Yes = 1
a
b
c
No = 0
Yes = 2
; :
(a+b+c)
D9 D8
Taxable status 2
Taxable status 3
No = 0
Yes = 4
Canada:
Taxable 1 = 01, Taxable 2 = 02, Taxable 3 = 03, Taxable 4 = 04
Taxable 1 & 2 = 05, Taxable 1 & 3 = 06,Taxable 1 & 4 = 07
All taxable = 08, Non taxable = 00
Significant
numbers
: :
D9 D8
Other area:
Significant
numbers
Taxable status 01 ~ 10 (“00” means Non-tax)
Yes = 0
No = 2
Allow manual override.
All taxable
a
:
(a+b)
D7
Yes = 4
No = 0
b
:
D6
Yes = 0
No = 1
Allow key operation after <SI/ST>.
:
D5
Rounding:
Round off = 0, cut off = 1, round up = 2
Significant
number
Yes = 0
No = 1
Allow key operation after <SUBTOTAL>.
Allow key operation after item registration.
Always “0”
a
:
(a+b)
D4
Yes = 0
No = 4
b
;
D3
No = 0
Yes = 1
Commission 1
a
:
(a+b)
D2
No = 0
Yes = 2
Commission 2
b
;
D1
Always “0”
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-125
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 3
4-3-7-15 Worksheet for receipt
Description
Choice
Program code
Significant
number
Maximum number of post receipts (0 ~ 9)
(“0” means 1 post receipt.)
:
D12
; ; ; ;
D11 D10 D9 D8
Always “0000”
1 = 0
2 = 2
Form of post receipt and guest receipt:
a
b
a
b
1 Print out, 2 Display
:
(a+b)
D7
Yes = 4
No = 0
Print current time on guest receipt.
Clear finalized check.
No = 1
Yes = 0
:
(a+b)
D6
No = 0
Yes = 2
Issue post receipt after clerk interrupt/check tracking
Always “00”
; ;
D5 D4
Significant
number
Issue guest receipt to order printer n (n = 1 ~ 7).
(“0” means issuing to R/J.)
:
D3
Significant
number
Line number of guest bottom message (00 ~ 10):
(“00” means no bottom message.)
: :
D2 D1
4-3-7-16 Worksheet for non-add, non-add/NS
Description
Choice
Program code
Allow mode change or clerk change after non add registration as
first transaction. (only for non-add function)
Yes = 1
No = 0
:
D7
Order character record number (00 ~ 99):
(“00” means no setting.)
Significant
number
: :
D6 D5
Red = 1
Black = 0
:
D4
Order printing color
Yes = 1
No = 0
Print out to Order printer#1.
Print out to Order printer#2.
Print out to Order printer#3.
Print out to Order printer#4.
Print out to Order printer#5.
Print out to Order printer#6.
Print out to Order printer#7.
a
b
c
a
b
c
:
(a+b+c)
D3
Yes = 2
No = 0
Yes = 4
No = 0
Yes = 1
No = 0
:
(a+b+c)
D2
Yes = 2
No = 0
Yes = 4
No = 0
Yes = 1
No = 0
:
D1
P-126
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4-3-7-17 Worksheet for customer
Description
Choice
Program code
Input method:
Allow replacement = 0, Prohibit replacement = 1,
Add enter value = 2
Significant
number
:
D7
;;;;;;
D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1
Always “000000”
4-3-7-18 Worksheet for arrangement
Description
Enable operation in REG mode.
Choice
Program code
Yes = 0
No = 1
a
b
c
a
b
c
a
b
c
a
b
a
b
c
:
(a+b+c)
D12
Yes = 0
No = 2
Enable operation in REF mode.
Yes = 0
No = 4
Enable operation in REG– mode.
Enable operation in PGM1 mode.
Enable operation in PGM2 mode.
Enable operation in PGM3 mode.
Enable operation in PGM4 mode.
Enable operation in PGM5 mode.
Enable operation in PGM6 mode.
Enable operation in Auto PGM to CF card mode
Enable operation in Auto PGM mode.
Enable operation in X/Z mode.
Yes = 0
No = 1
:
Yes = 0
No = 2
(a+b+c)
D11
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
:
(a+b+c)
D10
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 2
:
(a+b)
D9
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
:
(a+b+c)
D8
Yes = 0
No = 2
Enable operation in Manager mode.
Enable operation in Collection/Consolidation mode.
Arrangement file number
Yes = 0
No = 4
Significant
numbers
: : :
D7 D6 D5
Significant
numbers
: : : :
D4 D3 D2 D1
Arrangement table number
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-127
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 3
4-3-7-19 Worksheet for currency exchange
Description
Choice
Program code
Significant
number
:
D7
Define amount symbol. (1 ~ 4)
Significant
number
:
D6
Define foreign currency totalizer. (1 ~ 3)
Significant
number
Rounding:
Round off = 0, cut off = 1, round up = 2
:
D5
;
D4
Always “0”
Significant
number
Monetary mode (0 ~ 2):
º00 = 2, º0 = 1, 0 = 0
:
D3
Decimal = 0
Comma = 1
Monetary symbol for decimal
Monetary symbol for separator
a
:
(a+b)
D3
Comma = 0
Decimal = 4
b
Significant
number
Assigning drawer number (0 ~ 2)
(“0” means drawer 1.)
:
D1
4-3-7-20 Worksheet for slip
Description
Choice
Program code
No = 0
Yes = 1
Force slip batch printing from the beginning of the transaction.
a
(If “No”, controlled by general function.)
:
(a+b)
D7
No = 0
Yes = 4
Print current time on slip.
(This option works only at batch print with whole transaction.)
b
Yes = 0
No = 1
:
Clear finalized check.
Always “0000”
D6
; ; ; ;
D5 D4 D3 D2
Yes = 0
No = 1
:
D1
Print Euro total line.
4-3-7-21 Worksheet for T/S, TAST
Description
Choice
Program code
Significant
number
Taxable status (00, 01 ~ 10)
(“00” means taxable 1.)
: :
D9 D8
; ; ;
Always “000”
Always “0000”
D7 D6 D5
; ; ; ;
D4 D3 D2 D1
P-128
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4-3-7-22 Worksheet for open
Description
Choice
Program code
No = 0
Yes = 1
:
D7
Release high amount limit
;;;;;;
D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1
Always “000000”
4-3-7-23 Worksheet for open 2
Description
Choice
Program code
Yes = 0
No = 1
Release customer number compulsory.
Release table number compulsory.
Release check number compulsory.
a
b
c
a
b
a
b
c
a
b
a
b
a
b
Yes = 0
No = 2
:
(a+b+c)
D7
Yes = 0
No = 4
Release credit balance error. (If “Yes”, you can finalize the
transaction even if the subtotal is negative.)
Yes = 0
No = 1
:
(a+b)
D6
Yes = 0
No = 4
Release guest receipt compulsory.
Release validation compulsory.
Yes = 0
No = 1
:
(a+b+c)
D5
Yes = 0
No = 2
Release check endorsement compulsory.
Release check print compulsory.
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 2
Release slip auto batch print compulsory.
Release slip manual batch print compulsory.
Release <LIST> stay down compulsory (Min/Max No.).
Release seat number compulsory.
Release tip declaration compulsory.
Release eat-in/take-out compulsory.
Always “0”
:
(a+b)
D4
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
:
(a+b)
D3
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
:
(a+b)
D2
Yes = 0
No = 2
;
D1
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-129
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 3
4-3-7-24 Worksheet for clerk number
Description
Choice
Program code
Clerk secret number (0000 ~ 9999)
(“0000” means no secret number.)
Significant
numbers
: : : :
D4 D3 D2 D1
4-3-7-25 Worksheet for operator X/Z
Description
Choice
Program code
1 = 0
2 = 1
a
1 Issue stand-alone report./2 Issue consolidation report.
1 Print report./2 Display report.
Always “000000”
:
(a+b)
D7
1 = 0
2 = 2
b
;;;;;;
D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1
4-3-7-26 Worksheet for subtotal, merchandise subtotal
Description
Choice
Program code
Yes = 0
No = 4
Multiple validation
(If “No”, only one validation printing is possible.)
:
D11
; ; ; ;
D10 D9 D8 D7
Always “0000”
No = 0
Yes = 1
a
b
a
b
Display subtotal in Euro (sub currency) (ST only)
:
(a+b)
D6
No = 0
Yes = 2
Display subtotal in Euro (sub currency)
and local (main) currency in turn. (ST 0nly)
Yes = 0
No = 2
Include add-on tax amount. (ST only)
Print when key is pressed.
Always “0000”
:
(a+b)
D5
Yes = 4
No = 0
; ; ; ;
D4 D3 D2 D1
P-130
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4-3-7-27 Worksheet for cancel
Description
Choice
Program code
2 = 0
1 = 1
A range of cancellation:
a
1Complete cancellation, 2Current receipt only
:
(a+b)
D1
No = 0
Yes = 2
Correct set menu/pulldown link while it is registered.
b
4-3-7-28 Worksheet for multiplication, quantity/for, square, cube, Ketten Bon
Description
Choice
Program code
1 = 0
2 = 1
Multiplication procedure: (Ketten Bon and <X> only)
1 Quantity × Amount, 2 Amount × Quantity
:
D6
Significant
number
Rounding:
Round off = 0, cut off = 1, round up = 2
:
D5
; ; ; ;
D4 D3 D2 D1
Always “0000”
4-3-7-29 Worksheet for selective item subtotal
Description
Choice
Program code
Selective item status (0, 1, 2):
Selective item 1 = 0/1, selective item 2 = 2
Significant
number
:
D11
; ; ; ; ;
Always “00000”
Always “00000”
D10 D9 D8 D7 D6
; ; ; ; ;
D5 D4 D3 D2 D1
4-3-7-30 Worksheet for open check
Description
Choice
Program code
Display = 2
Print = 0
:
D7
Display report./Print report
;;;;;;
D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1
Always “000000”
4-3-7-31 Worksheet for list
Description
Choice
Program code
Significant
numbers
: : :
Record No. of linking pulldown menu group (4).
D12 D11 D10
Significant
numbers
: : :
Record No. of linking pulldown menu group (3).
Record No. of linking pulldown menu group (2).
Record No. of linking pulldown menu group (1).
D9 D8 D7
Significant
numbers
: : :
D6 D5 D4
Significant
numbers
: : :
D3 D2 D1
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-131
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 3
4-3-7-32 Worksheet for tax exempt
Description
Choice
Program code
No = 1
Yes = 0
U.S., Singapore:
Exempt tax 1
a
b
c
No = 2
Yes = 0
; :
(a+b+c)
D9 D8
Exempt tax 2
Exempt tax 3
No = 4
Yes = 0
Canada:
Exempt all = 00
Significant
numbers
Exempt tax 1 = 01, Exempt tax 2 = 02, Exempt tax 3 = 03,
Exempt tax 4 = 04, Exempt tax 1 & 2 = 05,
Exempt tax 1 & 3 = 06, Exempt tax 1 & 4 = 07
: :
D9 D8
Significant
number
Other area:
Exempt all = 00, Exempt tax 1 ~ 10 = 01 ~ 10
; ; ; ;
Always “0000”
Always “000”
D7 D6 D5 D4
; ; ;
D3 D2 D1
4-3-7-33 Worksheet for clock-in/clock-out
Description
Choice
Program code
The purpose of uses:
Significant
numbers
Use both clock-in and clock-out = 0
Use only clock-in = 1
:
D2
Use only clock-out = 2
Yes = 0
No = 1
:
D1
Print when clock-in or clock-out keys are pressed.
4-3-7-34 Worksheet for break-in/break-out
Description
Choice
Program code
The propose of uses:
Significant
numbers
Use both break-in and break-out = 0
Use only break-in = 1
:
D2
Use only break-out =2
;
D1
Always “0”
P-132
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4-3-7-35 Worksheet for eat-in/take-out
Description
Choice
Program code
No = 1
Yes = 0
U.S., Singapore:
Exempt tax 1
a
b
c
No = 2
Yes = 0
; :
(a+b+c)
D9 D8
Exempt tax 2
Exempt tax 3
No = 4
Yes = 0
Canada:
Exempt all = 00
Significant
number
Exempt tax 1 = 01, Exempt tax 2 = 02, Exempt tax 3 = 03,
Exempt tax 4 = 04, Exempt tax 1 & 2 = 05,
Exempt tax 1 & 3 = 06, Exempt tax 1 & 4 = 07
: :
D9 D8
Significant
numbers
Other area:
Exempt all = 00, Exempt tax 1 ~ 10 = 01 ~ 10
; ;
D7 D6
Always “00”
Not print = 0
Print = 4
:
Print when the key is pressed.
Always “0000”
D5
; ; ; ;
D4 D3 D2 D1
4-3-7-36 Worksheet for store
Description
Choice
Program code
No = 0
Yes = 1
:
Print VAT breakdown.
Print receipt.
D6
Yes = 0
No = 2
:
D5
; ; ; ;
D4 D3 D2 D1
Always “0000”
4-3-7-37 Worksheet for new check, new/old check
Description
Choice
Program code
No = 0
Yes = 1
:
Enable auto check assignment
D7
;;;;;;
D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1
Always “000000”
4-3-7-38 Worksheet for round repeat
Description
Choice
Program code
Yes = 0
No = 1
Perform new balance after round repeat.
a
:
(a+b)
D1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Include plus/minus, premium/discount result to round
repeat amount
b
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-133
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 3
4-3-7-39 Worksheet for shift PLU
Description
Choice
Program code
1 = 0
2 = 1
Shift:
:
D2
1 Status, 2 Staydown
Significant
number
Define assigning shift PLU number. (0, 1 ~ 8)
(“0” is treated as “1”.)
:
D1
4-3-7-40 Worksheet for receipt on/off
Description
Choice
Program code
1 = 0
2 = 1
Receipt off (only effective for SA-3015, “00” for other printer)
1 Both receipt and journal off, 2 Receipt only
:
D1
4-3-7-41 Worksheet for old check
Description
Enable to open the finalized check.
Choice
Program code
No = 0
Yes = 1
:
D1
4-3-7-42 Worksheet for Dutch account
Description
Choice
Program code
Significant
numbers
Maximum customer numbers for one Dutch account
(“00” is treated as “99”.)
: :
D2 D1
4-3-7-43 Worksheet for tray total
Description
Choice
Program code
No = 0
Yes = 1
Accumulate “Tray total” to the key totalizer, whenever the
<TRAY TOTAL> key is pressed twice.
:
D1
4-3-7-44 Worksheet for recall
Description
Enable to open the closed check.
Choice
Program code
No = 0
Yes = 1
:
D1
P-134
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
4-3-8 Programming shift PLU program
Operation
Key Feature
Key Feature
1.PLU
2.PLU 2nd@
3.Sub-Department
4.Department
5.Range
6.Individual PGM
7.Function Key
8.Shift PLU
v
0.00
4. Select “8. Shift PLU” and press the <YES> key.
Key Feature
Shift PLU
1.PLU0001
2.PLU0002
3.PLU0005
4.PLU0004
5.PLU0005
6.PLU0006
7.PLU0007
8.PLU0008
v
0.00
5. Select an appropriate item directly, by entering record No. or
by entering PLU No. and press the <YES> key.
Memory No.
1
2nd Price
3rd Price
4th Price
5th Price
6th Price
7th Price
8th Price
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
6. Select an appropriate price and enter the unit price.
7. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-135
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 3
4-3-9 Programming scanning PLU link program
Operation
Key Feature
Key Feature
2.PLU 2nd@
^
3.Sub-Department
4.Department
5.Range
6.Individual PGM
7.Function Key
8.Shift PLU
9.Scanning PLU link
0.00
4. Select “9. Scanning PLU link” and press the <YES> key.
Scanning PLU link
Scanning PLU link
1.Append/Mod PLU
2.Delete PLU
0.00
5. If you append a new PLU or modify an existing PLU, select
“Append/Mod PLU”. If you delete an existing PLU, select
“Delete PLU”.
Add/modify PLU
Append/Mod PLU
Please scan the code
0.00
6. Scanning the barcode or enter the PLU code and press the
<OBR>.
After this step, the PLU programming menu is shown.
Refer to the “Programming PLU features”.
PLU CODE 4912345678903
Use Random code
Descriptor
123456
PLU0001
Price
0.00
Normal Item
Normal Item
--------
--------
--------
Non Tax
Receipt type
Item type
Group Link
Dept Link
Sub-Dept Link
Taxable status
Commission
None
Selective item
Nonev
0.00
P-136
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Delete PLU
Delete PLU
Please scan the code
0.00
6. Scanning the barcode or enter the PLU code and press the
<OBR>.
After this step, go to the step 5 automatically.
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-137
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 3
P-138
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5. Program 2 ............................................................................... P-140
5-1. Character programming ......................................................................... P-140
5-1-1
5-1-2
5-1-3
Character programming keyboard .............................................................. P-140
Inputting characters by code....................................................................... P-142
After completing to input characters ........................................................... P-142
5-2. Programming item descriptors ............................................................... P-143
5-2-1
5-2-2
5-2-3
5-2-4
5-2-5
5-2-6
5-2-7
Programming PLU item descriptors ............................................................ P-143
Programming PLU 2nd unit price descriptors ............................................. P-144
Programming subdepartment descriptors................................................... P-144
Programming department descriptors......................................................... P-145
Programming PLU/subdepartment/department descriptors by range......... P-146
Copying PLU descriptors to PLU 2nd unit price.......................................... P-147
Programming function key descriptors........................................................ P-148
5-3. Programming characters and messages ............................................... P-149
5-3-1
5-3-2
5-3-3
5-3-4
5-3-5
5-3-6
5-3-7
5-3-8
5-3-9
Programming receipt message, slip message and guest receipt message P-149
Programming text recall message .............................................................. P-150
Programming order character link............................................................... P-150
Programming fixed totalizer descriptors...................................................... P-151
Programming group character .................................................................... P-152
Programming special characters ................................................................ P-152
Programming report headers ...................................................................... P-154
Programming endorsement message......................................................... P-155
Programming GT character ........................................................................ P-155
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-139
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 2
5. Program 2
5-1. Character programming
There are two methods you can use to input characters: using a character programming
keyboard (menu sheet) for direct input, or using character codes to specify the characters.
5-1-1 Character programming keyboard
When you enter the Program 2 mode, the keyboard becomes a character programming
keyboard (shown below).
Â
Á
À
Ä
1
Ô
Ó
Ò
Ö
2
Û
Ú
Ù
Ü
3
Î
Í
Ê
É
È
Ë
5
Ç
Å
Ø
£
ƒ
¿
¡
â
á
à
ä
!
ô
ó
û
ú
ù
ü
#
e
d
c
î
í
ê
é
è
ë
%
t
ç
å
æ
ñ
^
ø
ÿ
Ã
ª
º
ã
y˜
˜
Y
Ì
Æ
Ñ
6
ß
±
ò
ì
¬
¤
(
Ï
Õ
7
<<
8
I
>>
9
_
ö
ï
õ
&
u
j
¢
'
4
R
F
V
0
P
;
-
[
=
]
@
w
s
$
r
f
)
_
{
+
}
*
Q
A
Z
W
S
E
D
C
T
G
B
Y
U
J
O
L
q
a
z
y
i
o
l
p
:
H
N
K
,
'
`
g
b
h
n
k
"
~
¥
X
M
.
/
\
•
x
v
m
<
>
?
CAP SHIFT
INS
DEL DBL
ESC/
SKIP
C
→
→
→
→
→
INS
AB
_
A_B
AC
INSERT
DELETE
7 8 9
4 5 6
1 2 3
0 A B
DEL
DBL
CAP
SHIFT
AB_
C
PAGE
UP
NO
#-2
#-1
DOUBLE
LETTER
A
A
A
A
A
a
a
a
HOME
CAPITAL
LETTER
PAGE
DOWN
small
letter
YES
a
P-140
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Character programming keyboard (Menu sheet)
The character programming keyboard has an upper case “CAP” setting and a “SHIFT”
setting. Its initial setting is CAP setting, which remains in effect until you press the
<SHIFT> key.
After you press <SHIFT>, the shift setting remains in effect until you press the uppercase
<CAP> key again. Note that neither the <SHIFT> nor <CAP> key operation is counted as
a character during programming.
Pressthe<DBL>keytospecifythatthenextcharacteryouinputisadouble-sizecharacter.
Each double-size character counts as two normal size characters.
Press the <INS> at the insertion point to insert a character, or press the <DEL> key at the
deletion point to delete a character.
The <Left Arrow> and <Right Arrow> key moves the insertion/deletion point.
No.
Descriptor
1 PLU0001
2 PLU0002
3 PLU0003
4 PLU0004
5 PLU0005
6 PLU0006
7 PLU0007
8 PLU0008
9 PLU0009
10 PLU0010
11 PLU0011
v
PLU0001
0.00
R
A
1
Icon (It shows a sort of the character input)
A
a
A
a
A a
→
a A
→
→
→
or
or
or
<Shift>
<Cap>
<DBL>
<INS>
<DEL>
A
→
A
a
→
a
→
PLU0001 PLU0001
→
PLU0001 LU0001
Q
q
→
PLU0001 QLU0001
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-141
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 2
5-1-2 Inputting characters by code
You can also program text by inputting codes that correspond to the characters you want
to input. A list of character codes is given in the table below.
You must also use the <B> key on the 10-key pad during character code programming to
fix character codes for the last input character.
Character code table
Chara
Code
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
Chara
Code
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
Chara
@
A
B
Code
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
Chara
Code
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
Chara
Code
96
Chara
Code
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
Chara Code
Space
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
:
P
Q
R
S
T
U
V
W
X
Y
Z
[
‘
a
b
c
d
e
f
p
q
r
Ç
ü
é
â
ä
à
å
ç
ê
ë
è
î
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
!
”
#
$
%
&
’
97
98
C
99
s
D
E
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
t
u
v
w
x
y
z
{
|
F
G
H
I
g
h
i
(
)
*
+
,
J
j
;
K
L
k
l
<
=
>
?
\
ì
–
.
M
N
O
]
m
n
o
}
~
ï
^
Ä
Å
/
_
Chara
É
Code
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
Chara
Code
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
Chara
Code
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
Chara
Code
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
Chara
Code
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
Chara
Code
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
Chara Code
240
á
í
I
Ó
ß
æ
Æ
ô
II
III
D
Ê
Ë
È
±
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
ó
ú
ñ
Ñ
ª
Ô
Ò
õ
ö
ò
Á
Â
À
Õ
µ
p
û
ã
Í
Î
Ï
←
→
↑
↓
•
ù
º
Ã
ÿ
¿
¨
P
Ö
Ü
ø
Ú
Û
Ù
y`
1/2
1/4
¡
£
`
Ø
×
ƒ
¢
Y
«
¥
Ì
Double
size
»
¤
‘
5-1-3 After completing to input characters
After completion of inputting characters (by both character keyboard and character
codes), it is necessary to press the <YES> key when you assign these characters to a key.
P-142
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5-2. Programming item descriptors
Preparation:
1. Sign on a clerk (if necessary).
P2C01
10-10-01 12:34
000000
2. Press <PGM MODE> repeatedly to assign Program 2 mode.
PGM-2
1.Item Descriptor
2.Char & Message
0.00
3. Select “1. Item Descriptor” and press the <YES> key.
5-2-1 Programming PLU item descriptors
Operation
Item Descriptor
Item Descriptor
1.PLU
2.PLU 2nd@
3.Sub-Department
4.Department
5.Range
6.PLU -> 2nd@ Copy
7.Char & Press Key
0.00
4. Select “1. PLU” and press the <YES> key.
Item Descriptor
PLU
1.PLU0001
2.PLU0002
3.PLU0003
4.PLU0004
5.PLU0005
6.PLU0006
7.PLU0007
8.PLU0008
v
5. Select the PLU directly, or by entering record No. and press
the <YES> key or by entering random code and press the
<PLU No.> key.
0.00
No.
Descriptor
1 PLU0001
2 PLU0002
3 PLU0003
4 PLU0004
5 PLU0005
6 PLU0006
7 PLU0007
8 PLU0008
9 PLU0009
6. After pressing the <YES> key again, the original descriptors
are shown in the lower column of the display. Then enter
characters (max. 24 characters) and press the <YES> key to
fix them.
10 PLU0010
11 PLU0011
v
PLU0001
7. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-143
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 2
5-2-2 Programming PLU 2nd unit price descriptors
Operation
Item Descriptor
Item Descriptor
1.PLU
2.PLU 2nd@
3.Sub-Department
4.Department
5.Range
6.PLU -> 2nd@ Copy
7.Char & Press Key
0.00
4. Select “2. PLU 2nd@” and press the <YES> key.
Item Descriptor
PLU 2nd@
1.PLU0001
2.PLU0002
3.PLU0003
4.PLU0004
5.PLU0005
6.PLU0006
7.PLU0007
8.PLU0008
v
5. Select the PLU directly, or by entering record No. and press
the <YES> key or by entering random code and press the
<PLU No.> key.
0.00
No.
Descriptor
1 PLU0001
2 PLU0002
3 PLU0003
4 PLU0004
5 PLU0005
6 PLU0006
7 PLU0007
8 PLU0008
9 PLU0009
6. After pressing the <YES> key again, the original descriptors
are shown in the lower column of the display. Then enter
characters (max. 24 characters) and press the <YES> key to
fix them.
10 PLU0010
11 PLU0011
v
PLU0001
7. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
5-2-3 Programming subdepartment descriptors
Operation
Item Descriptor
Item Descriptor
1.PLU
2.PLU 2nd@
3.Sub-Department
4.Department
5.Range
6.PLU -> 2nd@ Copy
7.Char & Press Key
0.00
4. Select “3. Sub-Department” and press the <YES> key.
P-144
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Item Descriptor
Sub-Department
1.SUBDEPT01
2.SUBDEPT02
3.SUBDEPT03
4.SUBDEPT04
0.00
5. Select the <SUBDEPARTMENT> directly or by entering
subdepartment No. and press the <YES> key.
No.
Descriptor
1 SUBDEPT01
2 SUBDEPT02
3 SUBDEPT03
4 SUBDEPT04
6. After pressing the <YES> key again, the original descriptors
are shown in the lower column of the display. Then enter
characters and press the <YES> key to fix them.
SUBDEPT01
7. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
5-2-4 Programming department descriptors
Operation
Item Descriptor
Item Descriptor
1.PLU
2.PLU 2nd@
3.Sub-Department
4.Department
5.Range
6.PLU -> 2nd@ Copy
7.Char & Press Key
0.00
4. Select “4. Department” and press the <YES> key.
Item Descriptor
Department
1.DEPT01
2.DEPT02
3.DEPT03
4.DEPT04
0.00
5. Select the <DEPARTMENT> directly, by entering depart-
ment No. and press the <YES> key.
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-145
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 2
No.
Descriptor
1 DEPT01
2 DEPT02
3 DEPT03
4 DEPT04
6. After pressing the <YES> key again, the original descriptors
are shown in the lower column of the display. Then enter
characters and press the <YES> key to fix them.
DEPT01
7. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
5-2-5 Programming PLU/subdepartment/department descriptors by range
Operation
Item Descriptor
Item Descriptor
1.PLU
2.PLU 2nd@
3.Sub-Department
4.Department
5.Range
6.PLU -> 2nd@ Copy
7.Char & Press Key
0.00
4. Select “5. Range” and press the <YES> key.
Item Descriptor
Range
1.PLU
2.PLU 2nd@
3.Sub-Department
4.Department
0.00
5. Select the subject you want to modify, “PLU/PLU 2nd@/
Sub-Department/Department” and press the <YES> key.
Item Descriptor
Descriptor PLU0123
Enter Start range
End range
0
0
OK?
YES
0.00
6. After pressing the <YES> key, enter characters and press the
<YES> key.
P-146
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Item Descriptor
Descriptor PLU0123
Enter Start range
123
0
End range
OK?
YES
7. Enter the start range No. and press the <YES> key.
(It starts “0001” if you skip to enter the start range.)
Then enter the end range No. and press the <YES> key.
(It ends the last record if you skip to enter the end range.)
0.00
Item Descriptor
Descriptor PLU0123
Enter Start range
123
999
End
range
OK?
YES
0.00
8. Press the <YES> key and return to the previous menu.
5-2-6 Copying PLU descriptors to PLU 2nd unit price
Operation
Item Descriptor
Item Descriptor
1.PLU
2.PLU 2nd@
3.Sub-Department
4.Department
5.Range
6.PLU -> 2nd@ Copy
7.Char & Press Key
0.00
4. Select “6. PLU –> 2nd@ Copy” and press the <YES> key.
Item Descriptor
PLU -> 2nd@ Copy
Enter Start range
123
0
End range
OK?
YES
5. Enter the start range No. and press the <YES> key.
(It starts “0001” if you skip to enter the start range.)
Then enter the end range No. and press the <YES> key.
(It ends the last record if you skip to enter the end range.)
0.00
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-147
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 2
Item Descriptor
PLU -> 2nd@ Copy
Enter Start range
123
999
End range
OK?
YES
0.00
6. Press the <YES> key and return to the previous menu.
5-2-7 Programming function key descriptors
Operation
Item Descriptor
Item Descriptor
1.PLU
2.PLU 2nd@
3.Sub-Department
4.Department
5.Range
6.PLU -> 2nd@ Copy
7.Char & Press Key
0.00
4. Select “7. Char & Press Key” and press the <YES> key.
Item Descriptor
Item Descriptor
CASH
0040-002
178-001
0042-002
164-020
RECEIVED ON ACC.
5. a) Function keys (max. 16 characters)
Enter characters, press the <YES> key to fix them and press
the corresponding key.
b) PLU (max. 24 characters)
Enter charactes, press the <YES> key to fix them and press
the corresponding <PLU> key or enter corresponding PLU
No. and press the <PLU#> key.
c) PLU 2nd @ (max. 24 characters)
Enter characters and press the <2nd@> key and correspond-
ing key.
6. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
P-148
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5-3. Programming characters and messages
Preparation:
1. Sign on a clerk (if necessary).
P2C01
10-10-01 12:34
000000
2. Press <PGM MODE> repeatedly to assign Program 2 mode.
PGM-2
1.Item Descriptor
2.Char & Message
0.00
3. Select “2. Char & Message” and press the <YES> key.
5-3-1 Programming receipt message, slip message and guest receipt message
Operation
Char & Message
Char & Message
1.Receipt/SLIP Msg
2.Text Recall
3.Order Char Link
4.Fixed Totalizer
5.Group Character
6.Special Character
7.Report Header
8.Endorse Message
v
0.00
4. Select “1. Receipt/SLIP Message” and press the <YES> key.
Rec No.
1 ~ 4
5 ~ 8
Message
Receipt logo message
Receipt commercial message
Receipt bottom message
Receipt/SLIP Msg
0001-032 (Receipt Logo)
YOUR RECEIPT
9 ~ 12
0002-032 (Receipt Logo)
13 ~ 16 Bill top message
THANK YOU
0003-032 (Receipt Logo)
17 ~ 20 Bill copy message
21 ~ 24 Bill bottom message
25 ~ 28 Slip logo message
29 ~ 32 Slip intermediate message
33 ~ 36 Slip bottom message
37
38 ~ 47 Guest bottom message
48 Copy receipt message
CALL AGAIN
0004-032 (Receipt Commercial)
0005-032 (Receipt Commercial)
0006-032 (Receipt Commercial)
Not used
0.00
5. Select the appropriate record, press the <YES> key, enter
characters (Maximum 40 characters) and press the <YES>
key.
6. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-149
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 2
5-3-2 Programming text recall message
Operation
Char & Message
Char & Message
1.Receipt/SLIP Msg
2.Text Recall
3.Order Char Link
4.Fixed Totalizer
5.Group Character
6.Special Character
7.Report Header
8.Endorse Message
v
0.00
4. Select “2. Text Recall” and press the <YES> key.
Text Recall
0001-039
********* Text Recall 1st line ********
0002-039
********* Text Recall 2nd line ********
0003-039
********* Text Recall 3rd line ********
0004-039
********* Text Recall 4th line ********
0005-039
********* Text Recall 5th line ********
0006-039
v
0.00
5. Select the appropriate record, press the <YES> key, enter
characters (Maximum 40 characters) and press the <YES>
key.
6. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
5-3-3 Programming order character link
Operation
Char & Message
Char & Message
1.Receipt/SLIP Msg
2.Text Recall
3.Order Char Link
4.Fixed Totalizer
5.Group Character
6.Special Character
7.Report Header
8.Endorse Message
v
0.00
4. Select “3. Order Char Link” and press the <YES> key.
Order Char Link
0001-065
Order Character 1
0002-065
Order Character 2
0003-065
Order Character 3
0004-065
Order Character 4
0005-065
Order Character 5
0006-065
v
0.00
5. Select the appropriate record, press the <YES> key, enter
characters (Maximum 16 characters) and press the <YES>
key.
6. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
P-150
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5-3-4 Programming fixed totalizer descriptors
Operation
Char & Message
Char & Message
1.Receipt/SLIP Msg
2.Text Recall
3.Order Char Link
4.Fixed Totalizer
5.Group Character
6.Special Character
7.Report Header
8.Endorse Message
v
0.00
4. Select “4. Fixed Totalizer” and press the <YES> key.
Fixed Totalizer
0001-001
GROSS
0002-001
NET
0003-001
CAID
0004-001
CATL
5. Select the appropriate record, press the <YES> key, enter
characters (Maximum 16 characters) and press the <YES>
key.
0005-001
CA-
0006-001
v
0.00
6. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
Rec No.
040
041
042
043
044
045
046
047
048
049
050
051
052
053
054
055
056
057
058
059
060
061
062
063
064
065
066
067
068
069
070
071
072
073
074
075
076
077
078
Message
Rec No.
Message
Gross sales total
Net sales total
Cash in drawer
Cash declared amount (not used)
Declared short cash amount (not used)
Declared over cash amount (not used)
Charge in drawer
Charge declared amount (not used)
Declared short charge amount (not used)
Declared over charge amount (not used)
Check in drawer
Check declared amount (not used)
Declared short check amount (not used)
Declared over check amount (not used)
Credit in drawer
Credit declared amount (not used)
Declared short credit amount (not used)
Declared over credit amount (not used)
Not used
Not used
Rounding
001
002
003
004
005
006
007
008
009
010
011
012
013
014
015
016
017
018
019
020
021
022
023
024
025
026
027
028
029
030
031
032
033
034
035
036
037
038
039
ST transfer void
Not used
Not used
Taxable amount 1
Tax 1
Tax exempt 1
Taxable amount 2
Tax 2
Tax exempt 2
Taxable amount 3
Tax 3
Tax exempt 3
Taxable amount 4
Tax 4
Tax exempt 4
Taxable amount 5
Tax 5
Tax exempt 5
Taxable amount 6
Tax 6
Tax exempt 6
Taxable amount 7
Tax 7
Tax exempt 7
Taxable amount 8
Tax 8
Tax exempt 8
Taxable amount 9
Tax 9
Tax exempt 9
Taxable amount 10
Tax 10
Tax exempt 10
Euro cash in drawer
Euro charge in drawer
Euro check in drawer
Euro credit in drawer
Not used
Not used
Not used
Refund mode total
Customer count
Average sales per customer
Check cashing service fee
New Balance fee
Not used
Clerk commission 1 total
Clerk commission 2 total
Foreign currency cash in drawer 1
Foreign currency check in drawer 1
Foreign currency cash in drawer 2
Foreign currency check in drawer 2
Foreign currency cash in drawer 3
Foreign currency check in drawer 3
Reduction
Item return
Clear counter
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-151
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 2
5-3-5 Programming group character
Operation
Char & Message
Char & Message
1.Receipt/SLIP Msg
2.Text Recall
3.Order Char Link
4.Fixed Totalizer
5.Group Character
6.Special Character
7.Report Header
8.Endorse Message
v
0.00
4. Select “5. Group Character” and press the <YES> key.
Group Character
0001-006
GROUP01
0002-006
GROUP02
0003-006
GROUP03
0004-006
GROUP04
0005-006
GROUP05
0006-006
v
0.00
5. Select the appropriate record, press the <YES> key, enter
characters (Maximum 16 characters) and press the <YES>
key.
6. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
5-3-6 Programming special characters
Operation
Char & Message
Char & Message
1.Receipt/SLIP Msg
2.Text Recall
3.Order Char Link
4.Fixed Totalizer
5.Group Character
6.Special Character
7.Report Header
8.Endorse Message
v
0.00
4. Select “6. Special Character” and press the <YES> key.
Special Character
COVERS
0001-023
• @No / *
0002-023
NoCTX
0003-023
X
BUSY
0004-023
T1 T2 T3 T4 T5
0005-023
T12T13T14
0006-023
T23
v
0.00
5. Select the appropriate record, press the <YES> key, enter
characters and press the <YES> key.
6. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
P-152
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Rec No.
Contents
Amount symbol (3), @(2), No (2), split pricing (1),
Training filler (1)
No. of item sold (2), Customer count (2), Square (6), Double sized customer count(6) NoCTX
Multiplication (6)
Recalling for a check (6)
Taxable symbol 1 (3 each)
Taxable symbol 2 (3 each)
Taxable symbol 3 (3 each)
Descriptor
$ @No / *
• @No / *
U.S.
Others
001
002
003
COVERS
BUSY
BUSY
T1 T2 T3 T4 T5
T12T13T14 T23
T1
U.S.
Others
X
004
005
006
007
008
009
010
011
012
013
014
015
016
017
018
019
020
021
022
023
024
025
026
027
028
029
030
031
032
033
034
035
036
037
038
039
040
041
042
043
044
045
046
047
048
049
050
051
052
053
054
055
056
057
058
Foreign currency × 4 (2 each), Selective item symbol × 3 (1 each), Center dot (1)
* * * * •
Mode symbol 1 (4 each)
REG
RFR-
MGR
Mode symbol 2 (4 each)
Mode symbol 3 (4)
Decimal of amount, Decimal of quantity, Delimiter (1 each)
A.M., P.M. (3 each)
Slip continued (12), page (2)
Online password (8)
Display subtotal symbol (ST key) (16)
Subtotal symbol (16)
Total symbol (16)
Change symbol (16)
Check cashing fee (16)
Check cashing amount (16)
Bon message (16)
Not used
Check No. (12)
Service total (16)
Item discount total (16)
House Bon quantity of item (16)
Seat No. (16)
Total symbol (X/Z report) (16)
Clock-in symbol (16)
Clock-out symbol (16)
P
n†X/Z
TRG
..,
AM PM
CONTINUED
P
SUBTOTAL
ST
TL
CG
-
CACG
** STUB **
CHECK No.
SRVC TL
DISCOUNT
HOUSE BON QTY
SEAT#
TL
CLOCK-IN
CLOCK-OUT
BREAK-IN
BREAK-OUT
JOB
WORK TIME
BREAK TIME
CASH TIP
REGULAR TIME
OVER TIME
IN OUT BRK JOB#
TIP WORK*
COST
NET SALES/HOUR
COST/TRANSACTION
EUREUR
Break-in symbol (16)
Break-out symbol (16)
Job code symbol (16)
Work time symbol (16)
Break time symbol (16)
Tip declaration symbol (16)
Regular work hours (Employee report) (16)
Overtime work hours (Employee report) (16)
Employee report (1) (4 each)
Employee report (2) (4 each), Edit symbol (1)
Hourly labor pay (16)
Hourly labor proceeds (16)
Pay per transaction (16)
Euro amount symbol (3)
not used
Occupied new check (Open check report) (16)
Finalized check (Open check report) (16)
not used
NEW OPEN
FINALIZED
not used
Unit price of shift PLU 1 (PLU report)
Unit price of shift PLU 2 (PLU report)
Unit price of shift PLU 3 (PLU report)
Unit price of shift PLU 4 (PLU report)
Unit price of shift PLU 5 (PLU report)
Unit price of shift PLU 6 (PLU report)
Unit price of shift PLU 7 (PLU report)
Unit price of shift PLU 8 (PLU report)
Taxable symbol 4 (3 each)
@1
@2
@3
@4
@5
@6
@7
@8
T6 T7 T8 T9 T10
† n: Program mode number (1 ~ 6)
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-153
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 2
5-3-7 Programming report headers
Operation
Char & Message
Char & Message
1.Receipt/SLIP Msg
2.Text Recall
3.Order Char Link
4.Fixed Totalizer
5.Group Character
6.Special Character
7.Report Header
8.Endorse Message
v
0.00
4. Select “7. Report Header” and press the <YES> key.
Report Header
0001-024
FIXED TTL
0002-024
FREE FUNCTION
0003-024
SUB DEPT
0004-024
PLU
0005-024
DEPT
0006-024
v
5. Select the appropriate record, press the <YES> key, enter
characters (Maximum 16 characters) and press the <YES>
key.
0.00
6. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
Rec No.
001
002
003
004
005
006
007
008
009
010
011
012
013
014
015
016
017
018
019
020
021
022
023
:
Contents
Fixed totalizer report
Transaction key report
Subdepartment report
PLU report
Department report
Group report
Cashier/clerk report
not used
Hourly sales report
Monthly sales report
Flash (Financial) report
Open check report
Table analysis report
PLU stock report
Void causal report
Descriptor
FIXED TTL
FREE FUNCTION
SUB DEPT
PLU
DEPT
GROUP
CASHIER/CLERK
HOURLY
MONTHLY
FLASH
OPEN CHK
TABLE ANALYSIS
PLU STOCK
VOID REASON
Electronic journal report E-JOURNAL
Time & Attendance
Hourly labor
Hourly item
not used
IDC (1) reset
IDC (2) reset
IDC (3) reset
EMPLOYEE
HOURLY LABOR
HOURLY PRODUCT
IDC(1) Clear
IDC(2) Clear
IDC(3) Clear
030
not used
P-154
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
5-3-8 Programming endorsement message
Operation
Char & Message
Char & Message
1.Receipt/SLIP Msg
2.Text Recall
3.Order Char Link
4.Fixed Totalizer
5.Group Character
6.Special Character
7.Report Header
8.Endorse Message
v
0.00
4. Select “8. Endorse Message” and press the <YES> key.
Endorse Message
0001-033
****** Endorse Message 1st line *******
0002-033
****** Endorse Message 2nd line *******
0003-033
****** Endorse Message 3rd line *******
0004-033
****** Endorse Message 4th line *******
0.00
5. Select the appropriate record, press the <YES> key, enter
characters (Maximum 40 characters) and press the <YES>
key.
6. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
5-3-9 Programming GT character
Operation
Char & Message
Char & Message
2.Text Recall
^
3.Order Char Link
4.Fixed Totalizer
5.Group Character
6.Special Character
7.Report Header
8.Endorse Message
9.GT Character
0.00
0.00
4. Select “9. GT Character” and press the <YES> key.
GT Character
0001-020
GT1
0002-020
GT2
0003-020
GT3
5. Select the appropriate record, press the <YES> key, enter
characters (Maximum 16 characters) and press the <YES>
key.
6. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-155
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 2
P-156
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
6. Program 1 ............................................................................... P-158
6-1. Presetting date and time ........................................................................ P-158
6-2. Programming unit price and rate............................................................ P-159
6-2-1 Programming PLU unit price .......................................................................... P-159
6-2-2 Programming PLU 2nd unit price ................................................................... P-160
6-2-3 Programming PLU unit price and PLU 2nd unit price..................................... P-161
6-2-4 Programming subdepartment unit price ......................................................... P-162
6-2-5 Programming department unit price ............................................................... P-162
6-2-6 Programming PLU/PLU 2nd@/subdepartment/
department unit price by range...................................................................... P-163
6-2-7 Copying PLU unit price to PLU 2nd unit price ................................................ P-165
6-2-8 Programming amount or rate to keys ............................................................. P-166
6-2-9 Programming unit price of shift PLU............................................................... P-167
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-157
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 1
6. Program 1
6-1. Presetting date and time
Preparation:
P1C01
10-10-01 12:34
000000
1. Sign on a clerk (if necessary).
2. Press <PGM MODE> repeatedly to assign Program 1 mode.
PGM-1
1.Unit Price/Qty
0.00
Presetting time
P1C01
10-10-01 12:34
000000
PGM-1
1.Unit Price/Qty
10-10-01 12:34 00
3. Enter the current time in four (hour, minute) digits or in five
(hour, minute, tensecond)andpressthe<YES>key(24-hour
system).
Presetting date:
P1C01
10-10-01 12:34
000000
PGM-1
1.Unit Price/Qty
10-10-01 12:34 00
3. Enter the current date in six digits (year, month, day order)
and press the <YES> key.
P-158
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
6-2. Programming unit price and rate
Preparation:
1. Sign on a clerk (if necessary).
P1C01
10-10-01 12:34
000000
2. Press <PGM MODE> repeatedly to assign Program 1 mode.
PGM-1
1.Unit Price/Qty
0.00
3. Select “1. Unit Price/Qty” and press the <YES> key.
6-2-1 Programming PLU unit price
Operation
Unit Price/Qty
Unit Price/Qty
1.PLU
2.PLU 2nd@
3.PLU & PLU 2nd@
4.Sub-Department
5.Department
6.Range
7.PLU -> 2nd@ Copy
8.AMT / Rate to Key v
0.00
4. Select “1. PLU” and press the <YES> key.
Unit Price/Qty
PLU
1.PLU0001
2.PLU0002
3.PLU0003
4.PLU0004
5.PLU0005
6.PLU0006
7.PLU0007
8.PLU0008
v
0.00
5. Select the PLU directly, or by entering record No. and press
the <YES> key or by entering random code and press the
<PLU No.> key.
No.
Descriptor
PLU0001
PLU0002
PLU0003
PLU0004
PLU0005
PLU0006
PLU0007
PLU0008
PLU0009
PLU0010
PLU0011
Price
@10.00
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
@20.00
@30.00
@40.00
@50.00
@60.00
@70.00
@80.00
@90.00
@100.00
@110.00v
10
11
6. Enter unit price and press the <YES> key to fix them.
Pressing <YES> twice programs the same unit price to the
next record.
0.00
7. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-159
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 1
6-2-2 Programming PLU 2nd unit price
Operation
Unit Price/Qty
Unit Price/Qty
1.PLU
2.PLU 2nd@
3.PLU & PLU 2nd@
4.Sub-Department
5.Department
6.Range
7.PLU -> 2nd@ Copy
8.AMT / Rate to Key v
0.00
4. Select “2. PLU 2nd@” and press the <YES> key.
Unit Price/Qty
PLU 2nd@
1.PLU0001
2.PLU0002
3.PLU0003
4.PLU0004
5.PLU0005
6.PLU0006
7.PLU0007
8.PLU0008
v
5. Select the PLU directly, or by entering record No. and press
the <YES> key or by entering random code and press the
<PLU No.> key.
0.00
No.
Descriptor
PLU0001
PLU0002
PLU0003
PLU0004
PLU0005
PLU0006
PLU0007
PLU0008
PLU0009
PLU0010
PLU0011
Qty
26.52
Price
@10.00
No.
Descriptor
PLU0001
PLU0002
PLU0003
PLU0004
PLU0005
PLU0006
PLU0007
PLU0008
PLU0009
PLU0010
PLU0011
Qty
26.52
Price
@10.00
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0.00
0.50
1.75
2.80
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
@20.00
@30.00
@40.00
@50.00
@60.00
@70.00
@80.00
@90.00
0.00
0.50
1.75
2.80
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
@20.00
@30.00
@40.00
@50.00
@60.00
@70.00
@80.00
@90.00
10
11
0.00 @100.00
0.00 @110.00v
10
11
0.00 @100.00
0.00 @110.00v
0.00
0.00
6. Select “Qty” or “Price” field by the cursor keys and enter unit
price and press the <YES> key to fix them.
Pressing <YES> twice programs the same unit price to the
next record.
7. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
P-160
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
6-2-3 Programming PLU unit price and PLU 2nd unit price
Operation
Unit Price/Qty
Unit Price/Qty
1.PLU
2.PLU 2nd@
3.PLU & PLU 2nd@
4.Sub-Department
5.Department
6.Range
7.PLU -> 2nd@ Copy
8.AMT / Rate to Key v
0.00
4. Select “3. PLU & PLU 2nd@” and press the <YES> key.
Unit Price/Qty
PLU & PLU 2nd@
1.PLU0001
2.PLU0002
3.PLU0003
4.PLU0004
5.PLU0005
6.PLU0006
7.PLU0007
8.PLU0008
v
5. Select the PLU directly, or by entering record No. and press
the <YES> key or by entering random code and press the
<PLU No.> key.
0.00
No.
Descriptor
PLU0001
PLU0001
PLU0002
PLU0002
PLU0003
PLU0003
PLU0004
PLU0004
PLU0005
PLU0005
PLU0006
Qty
12.26
Price
@1,234.00
@1.00
1
2
3
4
5
6
PLU 1st @
PLU 2nd q’ty/@
@20.00
@2.00
0.00
0.50
1.75
2.80
@30.00
@3.00
@40.00
@4.00
@50.00
@5.00
@60.00v
0.00
No.
Descriptor
PLU0001
PLU0001
PLU0002
PLU0002
PLU0003
PLU0003
PLU0004
PLU0004
PLU0005
PLU0005
PLU0006
Qty
12.26
Price
@1,234.00
@1.00
No.
Descriptor
PLU0001
PLU0001
PLU0002
PLU0002
PLU0003
PLU0003
PLU0004
PLU0004
PLU0005
PLU0005
PLU0006
Qty
Price
@1,234.00
@1.00
1
2
3
4
5
6
1
2
3
4
5
6
12.26
0.00
0.50
1.75
2.80
@20.00
@2.00
@20.00
@2.00
0.00
0.50
1.75
2.80
@30.00
@3.00
@30.00
@3.00
@40.00
@4.00
@40.00
@4.00
@50.00
@5.00
@50.00
@5.00
@60.00v
@60.00v
0.00
0.00
6. Select “Qty” or “Price” field by the cursor keys and enter the
unit price and press the <YES> key to fix them.
Pressing <YES> twice programs the same unit price to the
next record.
7. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-161
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 1
6-2-4 Programming subdepartment unit price
Operation
Unit Price/Qty
Unit Price/Qty
1.PLU
2.PLU 2nd@
3.PLU & PLU 2nd@
4.Sub-Department
5.Department
6.Range
7.PLU -> 2nd@ Copy
8.AMT / Rate to Key v
0.00
4. Select “4. Sub-Department” and press the <YES> key.
Unit Price/Qty
Sub-Department
1.SUBDEPT01
2.SUBDEPT02
3.SUBDEPT03
4.SUBDEPT04
0.00
5. Select the subdepartment directly or by entering record No.
and press the <YES> key.
No.
Descriptor
SUBDEPT01
SUBDEPT02
SUBDEPT03
SUBDEPT04
Price
1
2
3
4
@10.00
@20.00
@30.00
@40.00
6. Enter the unit price and press the <YES> key to fix them.
Pressing <YES> twice programs the same unit price to the
next record.
0.00
7. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
6-2-5 Programming department unit price
Operation
Unit Price/Qty
Unit Price/Qty
1.PLU
2.PLU 2nd@
3.PLU & PLU 2nd@
4.Sub-Department
5.Department
6.Range
7.PLU -> 2nd@ Copy
8.AMT / Rate to Key v
0.00
4. Select “5. Department” and press the <YES> key.
P-162
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Unit Price/Qty
Department
1.DEPT01
2.DEPT02
3.DEPT03
4.DEPT04
0.00
5. Select the department directly or by entering record No. and
press the <YES> key.
No.
Descriptor
DEPT01
Price
1
2
3
4
@10.00
@20.00
@30.00
@40.00
DEPT02
DEPT03
DEPT04
6. Enter the unit price and press the <YES> key to fix them.
Pressing <YES> twice programs the same unit price to the
next record.
0.00
7. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
6-2-6 Programming PLU/PLU 2nd@/subdepartment/department unit price by range
Operation
Unit Price/Qty
Unit Price/Qty
1.PLU
2.PLU 2nd@
3.PLU & PLU 2nd@
4.Sub-Department
5.Department
6.Range
7.PLU -> 2nd@ Copy
8.AMT / Rate to Key v
0.00
4. Select “6. Range” and press the <YES> key.
Unit Price/Qty
Range
1.PLU
2.PLU 2nd@
3.Sub-Department
4.Department
0.00
5. Select the subject you want to modify, “PLU/PLU 2nd@/
Sub-Department/Department” and press the <YES> key.
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-163
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 1
Unit Price/Qty
Unit Price/Qty
Qty
12.00
@0.00
Price
0.00
Price
Enter Start range
0
0
Input Range Start
Range End
0000
0000
End
range
OK?
YES
OK?
Yes
0.00
0.00
0.00
0.00
6. Enter the unit price (and Qty for PLU 2nd@) and press the
<YES> key.
Unit Price/Qty
10.00
Price
Enter Start range
End range
0
0
OK?
YES
7. Enter the start range No. and press the <YES> key.
(It starts “0001” if you skip to enter the start range.)
Then enter the end range No. and press the <YES> key.
(It ends the last record if you skip to enter the end range.)
Unit Price/Qty
10.00
Price
Enter Start range
End range
12
25
OK?
YES
8. Press the <YES> key to return to the previous menu.
P-164
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
6-2-7 Copying PLU unit price to PLU 2nd unit price
Operation
Unit Price/Qty
Unit Price/Qty
1.PLU
2.PLU 2nd@
3.PLU & PLU 2nd@
4.Sub-Department
5.Department
6.Range
7.PLU -> 2nd@ Copy
8.AMT / Rate to Key v
0.00
4. Select “7. PLU –> 2nd@ Copy” and press the <YES> key.
Unit Price/Qty
PLU -> 2nd@ Copy
Enter Start range
123
0
End range
OK?
YES
5. Enter the start range No. and press the <YES> key.
(It starts “0001” if you skip to enter the start range.)
Then enter the end range No. and press the <YES> key.
(It ends the last record if you skip to enter the end range.)
0.00
0.00
Unit Price/Qty
PLU -> 2nd@ Copy
Enter Start range
123
999
End range
OK?
YES
6. Press the <YES> key to return to the previous menu.
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-165
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 1
6-2-8 Programming amount or rate to keys
Operation
Unit Price/Qty
Unit Price/Qty
1.PLU
2.PLU 2nd@
3.PLU & PLU 2nd@
4.Sub-Department
5.Department
6.Range
7.PLU -> 2nd@ Copy
8.AMT / Rate to Key v
0.00
4. Select “8.AMT/Rate to Key” and press the <YES> key.
5. a) Function keys
Unit Price/Qty
Enter the unit price or rate and press the corresponding key.
(CA, CHK, NB, +, –, CPN, %+, %–, CE)
b) PLU
Enter the PLU No., press the <PLU#> key, enter the unit
price and press the <YES> key. Pressing <YES> twice
programs the same unit price to the next record.
Or enter the unit price and press the appropriate <PLU> key
directly.
0.00
c) PLU 2nd @
Enter unit price and Qty, and press the <2nd@> key and
<YES> key.
Unit Price/Qty
Unit Price/Qty
PLU0001
PLU0002
PLU0003
PLU0004
0001-004
@10.00
+
@1.00
5.50%
%-
CE
CE
0002-004
@20.00
105.0670
0.2860
0003-054
@30.00
0.00
0004-054
@40.00
12.34
CE
0.2860
6. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
P-166
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
6-2-9 Programming unit price of shift PLU
Operation
Unit Price/Qty
Unit Price/Qty
2.PLU 2nd@
^
3.PLU & PLU 2nd@
4.Sub-Department
5.Department
6.Range
7.PLU -> 2nd@ Copy
8.AMT / Rate to Key
9.Shift PLU
0.00
4. Select “9. Shift PLU” and press the <YES> key.
Unit Price/Qty
Shift PLU
1.2nd Price
2.3rd Price
3.4th Price
4.5th Price
5.6th Price
6.7th Price
7.8th Price
0.00
5. Select the shift level and press the <YES> key.
Unit Price/Qty
Shift PLU
1.PLU0001
2.PLU0002
3.PLU0003
4.PLU0004
5.PLU0005
6.PLU0006
7.PLU0007
8.PLU0008
v
0.00
6. Select the PLU directly, or by entering record No. and press
the <YES> key or by entering random code and press the
<PLU No.> key.
No.
Descriptor
PLU0001
PLU0002
PLU0003
PLU0004
PLU0005
PLU0006
PLU0007
PLU0008
PLU0009
PLU0010
PLU0011
Price
@10.00
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
@20.00
@30.00
@40.00
@50.00
@60.00
@70.00
@80.00
@90.00
10
11
@01@0.10..000000v
7. Enter unit price and press the <YES> key to fix them.
Pressing <YES> twice programs the same unit price to the
next record.
8. Press the <ESC> key to return to the previous menu.
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-167
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 1
P-168
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
7. Program 6 .............................................................................................. P-170
7-1. Program read general procedure ........................................................... P-170
7-2. Program read report sample .................................................................. P-171
7-2-1
7-2-2
7-2-3
7-2-4
7-2-5
7-2-6
7-2-7
7-2-8
Unit Price/Qty.............................................................................................. P-171
Item Descriptor............................................................................................ P-172
Character and Message.............................................................................. P-172
Machine feature .......................................................................................... P-176
Clerk............................................................................................................ P-208
Key feature.................................................................................................. P-220
Keyboard..................................................................................................... P-242
Memory allocation....................................................................................... P-242
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-169
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 6
7. Program 6
7-1. Program read general procedure
Operation:
1. Sign on a clerk (if necessary).
P6C
01
10-10-01 12:34
000000
2. Press <PGM MODE> repeatedly to assign Program 6 mode.
PGM-6
1.PGM Read Report
0.00
3. Press the <YES> key.
PGM Read Report
PGM Read Report
1.Unit Price/Qty
2.Item Descriptor
3.Char & Message
4.Machine Feature
5.Clerk
6.Key Feature
7.Keyboard
8.Memory Alloc.
0.00
4. Select an appropriate job and press the <YES> key.
PGM Read Report
Unit Price/Qty
1.PLU
2.PLU 2nd@
3.Sub-Department
4.Department
5.Function Key
5. Select an appropriate job and press the <YES> key.
The program read report is issued.
0.00
If the job requires range designation, the next screen will be
appeared.
PLU
Enter Start range
End range
0
0
OK?
YES
0.00
6. Enter the start and end range and press the <YES> key.
The program read report is issued from the printer.
P-170
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
7-2. Program read report sample
7-2-1 Unit Price/Qty
7-2-1-1. PLU unit price
PLU0001
0001-004— PLU descriptor/Record No./File No.
@12.34— Unit Price
0001-055— Shift PLU
@2.00— 2nd unit price
@3.00— 3rd unit price
@4.00— 4th unit price
@5.00— 5th unit price
@6.00— 6th unit price
@7.00— 7th unit price
@8.00— 8th unit price
0002-004
PLU0002
@1.00
0002-055
7-2-1-2. PLU 2nd unit price
PLU0001
0001-054— PLU 2nd descriptor/Record No./File No.
2
@23.45— Unit quantity/2nd unit Price
PLU0002
0002-054
@10.00
1
PLU0003
0003-054
@2.00
0
7-2-1-3. Subdepartment
SUBDEPT01
SUBDEPT02
SUBDEPT03
0001-003— Subdepartment descriptor/Record No./File No.
@1.00— Unit Price
0002-003
@2.00
0003-003
@3.34
7-2-1-4. Department
DEPT01
DEPT02
DEPT03
0001-005— Department descriptor/Record No./File No.
@12.34— Unit Price
0002-005
@2.34
0003-005
@1.34
7-2-1-5. Function key
%-
0013-002— Function key descriptor/Record No./File No.
0%— Unit Price, percent rate or conversion rate
-
0018-002
@0.00
CASH
0035-002
@0.00
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-171
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 6
7-2-2 Item Descriptor
7-2-2-1. PLU
PLU0001
PLU0002
PLU0003
0001-004— PLU descriptor/Record No./File No.
0002-004
0003-004
7-2-2-2. PLU 2nd unit price
PLU0001
PLU0002
PLU0003
0001-054— PLU 2nd descriptor/Record No./File No.
0002-054
0003-054
7-2-2-3. Subdepartment
SUBDEPT01
SUBDEPT02
SUBDEPT03
0001-003— Subdepartment descriptor/Record No./File No.
0002-003
0003-003
7-2-2-4. Department
DEPT01
DEPT02
DEPT03
0001-005— Department descriptor/Record No./File No.
0002-005
0003-005
7-2-2-5. Function key
RCT
0001-002— Function key descriptor/Record No./File No.
NEW/OLD
RC
DISP ON/OFF
CLK#1
0002-002
0003-002
0004-002
0005-002
7-2-3 Character and Message
7-2-3-1. Receipt/Slip message
0001-032
— Record No./File No.
— Receipt message
YOUR RECEIPT
0002-032
Rec No.
1 ~ 4
5 ~ 8
Message
Receipt logo message
Receipt commercial message
Receipt bottom message
THANK YOU
0003-032
CALL AGAIN
9 ~ 12
0004-032
13 ~ 16 Bill top message
:
:
17 ~ 20 Bill copy message
21 ~ 24 Bill bottom message
25 ~ 28 Slip logo message
29 ~ 32 Slip intermediate message
33 ~ 36 Slip bottom message
37
38 ~ 47 Guest bottom message
48 Copy receipt message
Not used
7-2-3-2. Text recall
0001-039
TEXT RECALL MESSAGE 01
— Record No./File No.
— Text recall message
0002-039
:
:
0010-039
P-172
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
7-2-3-3. Order character
ORDER CHAR 1
0001-065— Order character/Record No./File No.
ORDER CHAR 2
0002-065
:
:
ORDER CHAR 10
0010-065
7-2-3-4. Fixed totalizer
GROSS
NET
CAID
:
0001-001— Descriptor/Record No./File No.
0002-001
0003-001
:
EX10
0074-001
Rec No.
040
041
042
043
044
045
046
047
048
049
050
051
052
053
054
055
056
057
058
059
060
061
062
063
064
065
066
067
068
069
070
071
072
073
074
075
076
077
078
Message
Rec No.
001
002
003
004
005
006
007
008
009
010
011
012
013
014
015
016
017
018
019
020
021
022
023
024
025
026
027
028
029
030
031
032
033
034
035
036
037
038
039
Message
Gross sales total
Net sales total
Not used
Rounding
ST transfer void
Not used
Cash in drawer
Cash declared amount (not used)
Declared short cash amount (not used)
Declared over cash amount (not used)
Charge in drawer
Charge declared amount (not used)
Declared short charge amount (not used)
Declared over charge amount (not used)
Check in drawer
Check declared amount (not used)
Declared short check amount (not used)
Declared over check amount (not used)
Credit in drawer
Credit declared amount (not used)
Declared short credit amount (not used)
Declared over credit amount (not used)
Not used
Not used
Taxable amount 1
Tax 1
Tax exempt 1
Taxable amount 2
Tax 2
Tax exempt 2
Taxable amount 3
Tax 3
Tax exempt 3
Taxable amount 4
Tax 4
Tax exempt 4
Taxable amount 5
Tax 5
Tax exempt 5
Taxable amount 6
Tax 6
Tax exempt 6
Taxable amount 7
Tax 7
Tax exempt 7
Taxable amount 8
Tax 8
Tax exempt 8
Taxable amount 9
Tax 9
Tax exempt 9
Taxable amount 10
Tax 10
Tax exempt 10
Euro cash in drawer
Euro charge in drawer
Euro check in drawer
Euro credit in drawer
Not used
Not used
Not used
Refund mode total
Customer count
Average sales per customer
Check cashing service fee
New Balance fee
Not used
Clerk commission 1 total
Clerk commission 2 total
Foreign currency cash in drawer 1
Foreign currency check in drawer 1
Foreign currency cash in drawer 2
Foreign currency check in drawer 2
Foreign currency cash in drawer 3
Foreign currency check in drawer 3
Reduction
Item return
Clear counter
7-2-3-5. Group character
GROUP01
GROUP02
GROUP03
0001-006— Group character/Record No./File No.
0002-006
0003-006
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-173
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 6
7-2-3-7. Special character
• @No / *
NoCTX
X BUSY
0001-023— Special character/Record No./File No.
0002-023
0003-023
:
:
T6 T7 T8 T9 T10
0058-023
Rec No.
Contents
Descriptor
$ @No / *
• @No / *
Amount symbol (3), @(2), No (2), split pricing (1),
U.S.
Others
001
Training filler (1)
002
003
No. of item sold (2), Customer count (2), Square (6), Double sized customer count(6)
NoCTX
COVERS
Multiplication (6)
BUSY
BUSY
T1 T2 T3 T4 T5
T12T13T14 T23
T1
U.S.
Others
Recalling for a check (6)
Taxable symbol 1 (3 each)
Taxable symbol 2 (3 each)
Taxable symbol 3 (3 each)
X
004
005
006
007
008
009
010
011
012
013
014
015
016
017
018
019
020
021
022
023
024
025
026
027
028
029
030
031
032
033
034
035
036
037
038
039
040
041
042
043
044
045
046
047
048
049
050
051
052
053
054
055
056
057
058
Foreign currency × 4 (2 each), Selective item symbol × 3 (1 each), Center dot (1)
* * * * •
REG
Pn†X/Z
Mode symbol 1 (4 each)
Mode symbol 2 (4 each)
Mode symbol 3 (4)
RFR-
MGR
TRG
Decimal of amount, Decimal of quantity, Delimiter (1 each)
A.M., P.M. (3 each)
..,
AM PM
CONTINUED
Slip continued (12), page (2)
Online password (8)
Display subtotal symbol (ST key) (16)
Subtotal symbol (16)
Total symbol (16)
Change symbol (16)
Check cashing fee (16)
Check cashing amount (16)
Bon message (16)
Not used
Check No. (12)
Service total (16)
Item discount total (16)
House Bon quantity of item (16)
Seat No. (16)
Total symbol (X/Z report) (16)
Clock-in symbol (16)
Clock-out symbol (16)
Break-in symbol (16)
Break-out symbol (16)
Job code symbol (16)
P
SUBTOTAL
ST
TL
CG
-
CACG
** STUB **
CHECK No.
SRVC TL
DISCOUNT
HOUSE BON QTY
SEAT#
TL
CLOCK-IN
CLOCK-OUT
BREAK-IN
BREAK-OUT
JOB
WORK TIME
BREAK TIME
CASH TIP
REGULAR TIME
OVER TIME
IN OUT BRK JOB#
TIP WORK*
COST
NET SALES/HOUR
COST/TRANSACTION
EUREUR
Work time symbol (16)
Break time symbol (16)
Tip declaration symbol (16)
Regular work hours (Employee report) (16)
Overtime work hours (Employee report) (16)
Employee report (1) (4 each)
Employee report (2) (4 each), Edit symbol (1)
Hourly labor pay (16)
Hourly labor proceeds (16)
Pay per transaction (16)
Euro amount symbol (3)
not used
Occupied new check (Open check report) (16)
Finalized check (Open check report) (16)
not used
NEW OPEN
FINALIZED
not used
Unit price of shift PLU 1 (PLU report)
Unit price of shift PLU 2 (PLU report)
Unit price of shift PLU 3 (PLU report)
Unit price of shift PLU 4 (PLU report)
Unit price of shift PLU 5 (PLU report)
Unit price of shift PLU 6 (PLU report)
Unit price of shift PLU 7 (PLU report)
Unit price of shift PLU 8 (PLU report)
Taxable symbol 4 (3 each)
@1
@2
@3
@4
@5
@6
@7
@8
T6 T7 T8 T9 T10
P-174
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
7-2-3-8. Report header
FIXED TTL
0001-024— Report header/Record No./File No.
FREE FUNCTION
SUB DEPT
0002-024
0003-024
:
:
TIME ATTENDANCE
0017-024
Rec No.
001
002
003
004
005
006
007
008
009
010
011
012
013
014
015
016
017
018
019
020
021
022
023
:
Contents
Fixed totalizer report
Transaction key report
Subdepartment report
PLU report
Department report
Group report
Cashier/clerk report
not used
Hourly sales report
Monthly sales report
Flash (Financial) report
Open check report
Table analysis report
PLU stock report
Void causal report
Descriptor
FIXED TTL
FREE FUNCTION
SUB DEPT
PLU
DEPT
GROUP
CASHIER/CLERK
HOURLY
MONTHLY
FLASH
OPEN CHK
TABLE ANALYSIS
PLU STOCK
VOID REASON
Electronic journal report E-JOURNAL
Time & Attendance
Hourly labor
Hourly item
not used
IDC (1) reset
IDC (2) reset
IDC (3) reset
EMPLOYEE
HOURLY LABOR
HOURLY PRODUCT
IDC(1) Clear
IDC(2) Clear
IDC(3) Clear
030
not used
7-2-3-9. Endorse message
0001-033
ENDORSE MESSAGE 1
0002-033
— Record No./File No.
— Endorse message
ENDORSE MESSAGE 2
0003-033
ENDORSE MESSAGE 3
0004-033
ENDORSE MESSAGE 4
7-2-3-10. GT character
GT1
GT2
GT3
0001-020— GT character/Record No./File No.
0002-020
0003-020
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-175
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 6
7-2-4 Machine feature
7-2-4-1. Pulldown group
LIST01
0001-026— Record No./File No.
000000 000000— 0000D168D167, D6~D1
0101-004 PLU0101
0102-004 PLU0102
0103-004 PLU0103
:
— Link PLU, PLU 2nd@ Record No./File No./Descriptor
:
0120-004 PLU0120
Description
Choice
Program code
Maximum number of stay down
Status = 0
The number of stay down = 1 ~ 8,
No limit = 9
Significant
number
:
D168
Minimum number of stay down
Status = 0
The number of stay down = 1 ~ 8,
No limit = 9
Significant
numbers
:
D167
Significant
numbers
PLU / Pulldown group
Record number (1)
: : : :
D166 D165 D164 D163
;
Always “0”
D162
Significant
numbers
PLU / Pulldown group
File number (1)
: : :
D161D160D159
Significant
numbers
PLU / Pulldown group
Record number (2)
: : : :
D158 D157 D156 D155
;
Always “0”
D154
Significant
numbers
PLU / Pulldown group
File number (2)
: : :
D153D152D151
Significant
numbers
PLU / Pulldown group
Record number (20)
: : : :
D14 D13 D12 D11
Significant
numbers
PLU / Pulldown group
File number (20)
: : : :
D10 D9 D8 D7
; ~ ;
Always “000000”
D6 ~ D1
P-176
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
7-2-4-2. Set menu table
0001-028
— Record No./File No.
0001-004 PLU0001
0002-054 PLU0002
0003-004 PLU0003
— Link PLU, PLU 2nd@, Pulldown group
Record No./File No./Descriptor
0002-028
0003-028
:
:
7-2-4-3. Arrangement
0001-038 ABCDEF
— Record No./File No./Parameter
0002-038
0003-038
:
:
7-2-4-4. Batch X/Z
0001-029
0002-029
001112151700000000— Record No./File No./Parameter
101112151700000000
0003-029
011112151700000000
:
:
Description
Choice
Program code
Yes = 0
No = 1
Allow to issue read report.
Allow to issue reset report.
a
b
c
:
(a+b+c)
D18
Yes = 0
No = 2
Read = 0
Reset = 4
Read/Reset selection (direct issuance)
Reported area:
Daily area = 0, Periodic 1 area = 1,
Periodic 2 area = 2, Consolidation area = 3
Significant
number
:
D17
Significant
numbers
: :
Report code 1
Report code 2
Report code 3
Report code 4
Report code 5
Report code 6
Report code 7
Report code 8
D16 D15
Significant
numbers
: :
D14 D13
Significant
numbers
: :
D12 D11
Significant
numbers
: :
D10 D9
Significant
numbers
: :
D8 D7
Significant
numbers
: :
D6 D5
Significant
numbers
: :
D4 D3
Significant
numbers
: :
D2 D1
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-177
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 6
7-2-4-5. General feature
D12D11D10D9D8D7D6D5D4D3D2D1
0001-022
0002-022
0003-022
0004-022
0005-022
0006-022
220000000000— Record No./File No./Parameter *
*
000000000000
000000000000
000000000000
000000002002
*
*
*
*
000000000200
:
:
*
0034-022
0035-022
064907570000
000000000000
*
* Refer to each record format.
Record 0001-022
Description
Choice
Program code
Significant
number (0 ~ 3)
Date order:
:
D12
Year/Month/Day = 0/1, Day/Month/Year = 2, Month/Day/Year = 3
Significant
number (0 ~ 3)
Monetary mode:
0 = 0, º0 = 1, º00 = 2, º000 = 3
:
D11
; ; ; ; ;
Always “00000”
Always “00000”
D10 D9 D8 D7 D6
; ; ; ; ;
D5 D4 D3 D2 D1
Record 0002-022
Description
Choice
Program code
Significant
number
: : : :
Machine number
D4 D3 D2 D1
P-178
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Record 0003-022
Description
Choice
Program code
Yes = 1
No = 0
Reset consecutive number after daily fixed totalizer reset report
is issued.
:
D8
;
D7
Always “0”
: : : : : :
Consecutive number start value:
D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1
Record 0004-022
Description
Choice
Program code
Rounding:
Significant
number (0 ~ 5)
:
D10
No rounding = 0, IF1 = 1, IF2 = 2, Denmark = 3,
Norway = 4, Singapore = 5
Tax system:
VAT = 0, US = 1, Canada = 2,
Singapore = 3
Significant
number (0 ~ 3)
:
D9
:
D8
Always “0”
Yes = 0
No = 2
a
Allow amount tender in RF/REG– mode operation.
:
(a+b)
D7
Cash drawer opening:
1 Immediately when the transaction is finalized.
2 After validation compulsory is released.
1 = 0
2 = 4
b
; ;
D6 D5
Always “00”
Maximum
value (0 ~ 9)
High amount limit specification for money in drawer amount.
(Sentinel function)
: :
D4 D3
Number 0f
zeros (0 ~ 9)
; ;
D2 D1
Always “00”
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-179
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 6
Record 0005-022
Description
Choice
Program code
:
D11
No = 0
Yes = 1
Always issu a receipt.
Yes = 0
No = 1
a
b
c
Print total line during finalization.
:
Time system:
1 24 hour system, 2 12 hour system
1 = 0
2 = 2
(a+b+c)
D10
No = 0
Yes = 4
Feed one line after issuing receipt.
;
D9
Always “0”
Breakdown set menu printing.
(Receipt, slip, guest receipt and display)
Yes = 0
No = 4
:
D8
; ; ;
Always “000”
D7 D6 D5
No = 0
Yes = 1
a
b
c
Print number of item sold.
Print tax symbols.
:
(a+b+c)
D4
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Print finalization of single item receipt.
Always “0”
;
D3
No = 0
Yes = 2
a
b
a
b
c
Print customer header by double sized character.
Print unit price on receipt.
Print clear key operation.
Print number of customers on header.
Print PLU No. on receipt.
:
(a+b)
D2
No = 0
Yes = 4
No = 0
Yes = 1
:
Yes = 0
No = 2
(a+b+c)
D1
No = 0
Yes = 4
P-180
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Record 0006-022
Description
Choice
Program code
Yes = 0
No = 1
Follow the taxable status and commission status of +/– to the
a
b
c
previous item.
:
(a+b+c)
D12
No = 0
Yes = 2
Restrict 0 or 5 on the last digit.
Display operator guidance.
Yes = 0
No = 4
;
D11
Always “0”
No = 0
Yes = 1
a
b
c
a
b
c
a
b
Accumulate to periodic totals after daily reset operation.
Force to declare the money in drawer. (Inline X/Z)
Force to declare the money in drawer.
Force to press subtotal before finalization.
Allow credit balance while finalization.
Allow multiple refund/register minus mode operation.
Affect the result of +/–, %+/%– to the item.
Include add-on tax in net total.
:
(a+b+c)
D10
Yes = 0
No = 2
No = 0
Yes = 4
No = 0
Yes = 1
:
(a+b+c)
D9
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
No = 0
Yes = 1
:
(a+b)
D8
Yes = 0
No = 2
:
D7
Yes = 0
No = 2
Include commission in net total.
Yes = 0
No = 2
a
Sounds key confirmation tone.
:
(a+b)
D6
No = 0
Yes = 4
b
Allow to issue post receipt, even if the original one is issued.
:
D5
No = 0
Yes = 4
Connect slit drawer.
Yes = 0
No = 2
a
b
a
b
c
Prohibit registration when the stock quantity becomes negative.
:
(a+b)
D4
Alert when the stock quantity becomes under minimum stock
quantity.
No = 0
Yes = 4
No = 0
Yes = 1
Affect to stock quantity even if the refund operation.
Merge refund item registration to the original one.
(Item consolidation)
No = 0
Yes = 2
:
(a+b+c)
D3
No = 0
Yes = 4
Allow one registration of +/–, %+/%– per one transaction.
Round on the least significant digit of %+/%– registration.
Allow numeric entry while compulsory drawer opening.
Use <YES> key to select an item.
No = 0
Yes = 1
:
D2
Yes = 0
No = 1
a
b
c
:
(a+b+c)
D1
Yes = 0
No = 2
PLU numbering:
By memory No. (Sequential) = 0, By random code = 4
Significant
number
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-181
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 6
Record 0008-022
Description
Choice
Program code
Yes = 0
No = 1
Print gross total.
Print net total.
a
b
c
a
b
c
a
b
c
:
Yes = 0
No = 2
(a+b+c)
D12
Yes = 0
No = 4
Print cash in drawer.
Yes = 0
No = 1
Print cash in drawer difference. (future)
Print charge in drawer.
:
Yes = 0
No = 2
(a+b+c)
D11
Yes = 0
No = 4
Print charge in drawer difference. (future)
Print check in drawer.
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
:
(a+b+c)
D10
Print check in drawer difference. (future)
Print credit in drawer.
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
:
Print credit in drawer difference. (future)
Print refund mode total.
D9
Yes = 0
No = 4
:
D8
Yes = 0
No = 1
Print number of customers.
Print average sales per customer.
Print check cashing fee total.
Print new balance fee total.
Print commission 1 total.
Print commission 2 total.
Print foreign currency in drawer.
Print discount total.
a
b
a
b
a
b
c
a
b
c
:
(a+b)
D7
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 1
:
(a+b)
D6
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 1
:
(a+b+c)
D5
Yes = 0
No = 2
No = 0
Yes = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
:
(a+b+c)
D4
Yes = 0
No = 2
Print refund total.
No = 0
Yes = 4
Print clear counter.
Yes = 0
No = 2
:
Print rounding total.
D3
; ;
Always “00”
D2 D1
P-182
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Record 0009-022
Description
Choice
Program code
Yes = 0
No = 1
Print taxable amount 1.
Print tax 1.
a
b
c
a
b
c
a
b
c
a
b
c
a
b
c
a
b
c
a
b
c
a
b
c
a
b
c
a
b
c
:
Yes = 0
No = 2
(a+b+c)
D10
Yes = 0
No = 4
Print tax exempt 1.
Print taxable amount 2.
Print tax 2.
Yes = 0
No = 1
:
(a+b+c)
D9
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Print tax exempt 2.
Print taxable amount 3.
Print tax 3.
Yes = 0
No = 1
:
(a+b+c)
D8
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Print tax exempt 3.
Print taxable amount 4.
Print tax 4.
Yes = 0
No = 1
:
Yes = 0
No = 2
(a+b+c)
D7
Yes = 0
No = 4
Print tax exempt 4.
Print taxable amount 5.
Print tax 5.
Yes = 0
No = 1
:
(a+b+c)
D6
Yes = 0
No = 2
No = 0
Yes = 4
Print tax exempt 5.
Print taxable amount 6.
Print tax 6.
Yes = 0
No = 1
:
Yes = 0
No = 2
(a+b+c)
D5
Yes = 0
No = 4
Print tax exempt 6.
Print taxable amount 7.
Print tax 7.
Yes = 0
No = 1
:
Yes = 0
No = 2
(a+b+c)
D4
Yes = 0
No = 4
Print tax exempt 7.
Print taxable amount 8.
Print tax 8.
Yes = 0
No = 1
:
(a+b+c)
D3
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Print tax exempt 8.
Print taxable amount 9.
Print tax 9.
Yes = 0
No = 1
:
Yes = 0
No = 2
(a+b+c)
D2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Print tax exempt 9.
Print taxable amount 10.
Print tax 10.
Yes = 0
No = 1
:
Yes = 0
No = 2
(a+b+c)
D1
No = 0
Yes = 4
Print tax exempt 10.
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-183
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 6
Record 0010-022
Description
Choice
Program code
Yes = 0
No = 1
Print taxable amount 1.
Print taxable amount 2.
Print taxable amount 3.
Print taxable amount 4.
Print taxable amount 5.
Print taxable amount 6.
Print taxable amount 7.
Print taxable amount 8.
Print taxable amount 9.
Print taxable amount 10.
a
b
c
a
b
c
a
b
c
:
(a+b+c)
D12
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
:
Yes = 0
No = 2
(a+b+c)
D11
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
:
Yes = 0
No = 2
(a+b+c)
D10
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
:
D9
; ; ;
D8 D7 D6
Always “000”
1 = 0
2 = 1
Prohibit registration,
1 while all drawers open, 2 while clerk’s own drawer opens.
:
D5
Significant
numbers
: :
D4 D3
Till timer (00 ~ 59 minutes)
Significant
numbers
: :
D2 D1
Till timer (00 ~ 59 seconds)
P-184
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Record 0012-022
Description
Choice
Program code
Yes = 0
No = 1
a
b
c
a
b
c
Print grand total 1 (periodic 1 & 2 report).
Print grand total 2 (periodic 1 & 2 report).
Print grand total 3 (periodic 1 & 2 report).
Print grand total 1 (daily report).
Print grand total 2 (daily report).
Print grand total 3 (daily report).
Always “000”
:
(a+b+c)
D6
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
:
(a+b+c)
D5
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
; ; ;
D4 D3 D2
Yes = 0
No = 1
:
Print the average of the monthly report.
D1
Record 0013-022
Description
Choice
Program code
No = 0
Yes = 1
:
D12
Broadcast the program data after completion of a program.
; ; ;
D11 D10 D9
Always “000”
Yes = 0
No = 1
a
b
c
a
b
Print Z collection/consolidation result.
Reset Z collection/consolidation result.
:
Yes = 0
No = 2
(a+b+c)
D8
Copy stock quantity from consolidation file to daily file after
Z consolidation.
No = 0
Yes = 4
Retry to poll the terminal which has not responded for the first
polling.
Yes = 0
No = 2
:
(a+b)
D7
Yes = 0
No = 4
Allow inline master operation.
Yes = 0
No = 4
:
D6
Print report before Z collection/consolidation.
Source file selection:
1 Terminal file, 2 Consolidation file
1 = 0
2 = 1
a
:
(a+b)
D5
Yes = 0
No = 4
b
Add to the consolidation file after Z operation.
; ; ; ;
D4 D3 D2 D1
Always “0000”
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-185
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 6
Record 0014-022
Description
Choice
Program code
Print = 0
Print/Display fixed totalizer read report.
Print/Display transaction read report.
Print/Display department/subdepartment read report.
Print/Display PLU/stock read report.
Print/Display group read report.
a
b
c
a
b
a
b
c
a
b
a
b
c
Display = 1
:
(a+b+c)
D12
Print = 0
Display = 2
Print = 0
Display = 4
Print = 0
:
(a+b)
D11
Display = 1
Print = 0
Display = 4
Print = 0
Print/Display clerk read report.
Display = 1
:
Print = 0
Print/Display hourly/monthly read report.
Print/Display open check read report.
Print/Display table analysis read report.
Print/Display journal memory read report.
Print/Display hourly item read report.
Print/Display employee read report.
Print/Display hourly/labor read report.
Display = 2
(a+b+c)
D10
Print = 0
Display = 4
Print = 0
Display = 1
:
(a+b)
D9
Print = 0
Display = 4
Print = 0
Display = 1
:
Print = 0
Display = 2
(a+b+c)
D8
Print = 0
Display = 4
;
D7
Always “0”.
Print = 0
Print/Display fixed totalizer reset report.
Print/Display transaction reset report.
Print/Display department/subdepartment reset report.
Print/Display PLU/stock reset report.
Print/Display group reset report.
a
b
c
a
b
a
b
c
a
b
a
b
c
a
b
Display = 1
:
Print = 0
Display = 2
(a+b+c)
D6
Print = 0
Display = 4
Print = 0
Display = 1
:
(a+b)
D5
Print = 0
Display = 4
Print = 0
Print/Display clerk reset report.
Display = 1
:
Print = 0
Print/Display hourly/monthly reset report.
Print/Display open check reset report.
Print/Display table analysis reset report.
Print/Display E-journal reset report.
Print/Display hourly item reset report.
Print/Display employee reset report.
Print/Display hourly/labor reset report.
Print/Display employee activity read report.
Print/Display financial report.
Display = 2
(a+b+c)
D4
Print = 0
Display = 4
Print = 0
Display = 1
:
(a+b)
D3
Print = 0
Display = 4
Print = 0
Display = 1
:
Print = 0
Display = 2
(a+b+c)
D2
Print = 0
Display = 4
Print = 0
:
(a+b)
D1
Display = 2
Print = 0
Display = 4
P-186
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Record 0015-022
Description
Choice
Program code
Yes = 0
No = 1
a
b
a
b
c
a
b
c
a
b
Zero-skip department/subdepartment report.
:
(a+b)
D12
Yes = 0
No = 2
Zero-skip clerk report.
Yes = 0
No = 1
Zero-skip transaction report.
Zero-skip PLU report.
:
(a+b+c)
D11
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Zero-skip hourly report.
Yes = 0
No = 1
Zero-skip group report.
:
(a+b+c)
D10
Yes = 0
No = 2
Zero-skip monthly report.
Yes = 0
No = 4
Zero-skip table analysis report.
Zero-skip hourly item report.
Zero-skip hourly labor report.
Zero-skip shift PLU.
Yes = 0
No = 1
:
(a+b)
D9
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 1
:
D8
; ;
D7 D6
Always “00”
No = 0
Yes = 4
:
Print PLU No. on the PLU report.
Print sales ratio.
D5
No = 0
Yes = 1
a
b
c
a
b
a
b
c
:
(a+b+c)
D4
No = 0
Yes = 2
Issue double Z report.
No = 0
Yes = 4
Print the recalculate amount of taxable amount and tax amount.
Print consecutive No. range of the day on the fixed total report.
Reset stock after batch reset report.
Print reset counter.
No = 0
Yes = 1
:
(a+b)
D3
No = 0
Yes = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
:
(a+b+c)
D2
No = 0
Yes = 2
Print item discount totalizer.
1 = 0
2 = 4
Printing order of PLU report:
1 Memory No. (sequential), 2 Random code
;
Always “0”
D1
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-187
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 6
Record 0016-022
Description
Choice
Program code
Interval time of hourly report (00 ~ 23 hours)
Significant
number
: : : :
D8 D7 D6 D5
Interval time of hourly report (00 ~ 59 minutes):
(“0000” treats as 01:00.)
Start time of hourly report (00 ~ 23 hours)
Start time of hourly report (00 ~ 59 minutes)
Significant
number
: : : :
D4 D3 D2 D1
P-188
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Record 0017-022
Description
Choice
Program code
No = 0
Yes = 1
a
b
c
a
b
a
b
c
a
b
Money declaration compulsory (cash). (future)
Money declaration compulsory (charge). (future)
Money declaration compulsory (check). (future)
Money declaration compulsory (credit). (future)
Print double-hight characters in UP-350.
:
(a+b+c)
D10
No = 0
Yes = 2
No = 0
Yes = 4
No = 0
Yes = 1
:
(a+b)
D9
No = 0
Yes = 2
No = 0
Yes = 1
Classify registered items by group in receipt.
Classify registered items by department in receipt.
:
(a+b+c)
D8
Yes = 0
No = 2
Classified item printing format:
1 Total, 2 Detail with total
1 = 0
2 = 4
No = 0
Yes = 1
Include VAT amount in commission subtotal.
Print total line in classified item printing.
:
(a+b)
D7
Yes = 0
No = 2
Rounding of commission:
Round off = 0, cut off = 1, round up = 2
Significant
number
:
D6
No = 0
Yes = 1
a
b
c
a
b
c
a
b
c
Append two zeros in unit price programming.
Capture the details of the copy guest receipt in electronic journal.
Skip the consecutive No. of the electronic journal.
Print date on receipt.
:
(a+b+c)
D5
No = 0
Yes = 2
No = 0
Yes = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
:
(a+b+c)
D4
Yes = 0
No = 2
Print date on journal.
Yes = 0
No = 4
Print consecutive number on receipt/journal.
Print time on receipt.
Yes = 0
No = 1
:
(a+b+c)
D3
Yes = 0
No = 2
Print time on journal.
Merge the same department/PLU registration on receipt.
(Item consolidation)
No = 0
Yes = 4
No = 0
Yes = 1
:
Auto-cut receipt/report.
D2
;
Always “0”
D1
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-189
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 6
Record 0018-022
Description
Choice
Program code
: :
D10 D9
Significant
numbers
Maximum printing lines of slip (00 ~ 99)
No = 0
Yes = 1
Classify registered items by group on slip & guest receipt.
Classify registered items by department on slip & guest receipt.
a
b
c
:
No = 0
Yes = 2
(a+b+c)
D8
Classified item printing format:
1 Total, 2 Detail with total
1 = 0
2 = 4
Yes = 0
No = 2
:
Print total line in classified item printing format.
Always “0”
D7
;
D6
No = 0
Yes = 1
Slip back feed after slip printing. *
a
b
c
a
b
c
a
b
c
:
No = 0
Yes = 2
Slip back feed after validation printing. *
Slip back feed after check printing/check endorsement printing. *
Print date on slip & guest receipt.
(a+b+c)
D5
No = 0
Yes = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
:
Yes = 0
No = 2
Print time on slip & guest receipt.
(a+b+c)
D4
Yes = 0
No = 4
Print consecutive No. on slip & guest receipt.
Slip print range:
1 From the top of the transaction, 2 This receipt
1 = 0
2 = 1
:
(a+b+c)
D3
No = 0
Yes = 2
Enable slip auto line find.
Merge the same department/PLU registration on slip &
guest receipt. (Item consolidation)
No = 0
Yes = 4
Significant
numbers
: :
D2 D1
Slip auto feed lines.
* These programs are only effective for SP-1300.
P-190
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Record 0019-022
Description
Choice
Program code
:
D2
Yes = 0
No = 2
Record operations in training mode on journal/electronic journal.
Yes = 0
No = 1
:
Alert electronic journal memory near-end/full error.
D1
Record 0020-022
Description
Choice
Program code
No = 0
Yes = 1
Print receipt logo message.
a
b
c
a
b
c
a
b
c
a
b
:
No = 0
Yes = 2
Print receipt commercial message.
Print receipt bottom message.
Print slip commercial message.
Print slip bottom message.
Print slip intermediate message.
Print bill top message.
(a+b+c)
D12
No = 0
Yes = 4
No = 0
Yes = 1
:
No = 0
Yes = 2
(a+b+c)
D11
No = 0
Yes = 4
No = 0
Yes = 1
:
(a+b+c)
D10
No = 0
Yes = 2
Print bill copy message.
No = 0
Yes = 4
Print bill bottom message.
Receipt logo data:
1 Character type, 2 Graphic type
1 = 0
2 = 1
:
(a+b)
D9
No = 0
Yes = 2
Print commercial message on X/Z report.
Always “0000”
; ; ; ;
D8 D7 D6 D5
; ; ; ;
D4 D3 D2 D1
Always “0000”
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-191
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 6
Record 0021-022
Description
Choice
Program code
No = 0
Yes = 1
Print order with order character.
Print order with amount.
Print double bon message.
Breakdown set menu printing on order.
Alert when the order printer is down.
Always “00000”
a
b
a
b
:
(a+b)
D12
No = 0
Yes = 2
No = 0
Yes = 1
:
(a+b)
D11
No = 0
Yes = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
:
D10
; ~ ;
D9 ~ D5
No = 0
Yes = 2
Cut order.
a
b
a
b
:
(a+b)
D4
No = 0
Yes = 4
Print hyphens.
No = 0
Yes = 2
Output orders during training.
:
(a+b)
D3
No = 0
Yes = 4
Merge the same department/PLU registration on order receipt.
(Item consolidation)
Significant
number
:
No. of feed lines before order cutting. (0 ~ 9)
No. of feed lines after order cutting. (0 ~ 9)
D2
Significant
number
:
D1
Record 0022-022
Description
Choice
Program code
Significant
numbers
: : : :
D12 D11 D10 D9
Start record number of scanning PLU link.
; ~ ;
Always “00000000”
D8 ~ D1
Record 0025-022
Description
Choice
Program code
Significant
number
:
D3
Number of details for post entry (0 ~ 9)
Yes = 0
No = 2
Calculate detail item prices in set menu.
(If “No”, calculate only quantity and stock.)
:
D2
Significant
number
Set menu / Pulldown link type:
Fine dining = 1, Fast food = 2, Fine dining quantity = 3
:
D1
P-192
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Record 0026-022
Description
Choice
Program code
Check tracking method:
1 = 0
2 = 1
a
1 Check No., 2 Table No.
:
(a+b)
D9
Maximum digit of check No.:
1 6-digit, 2 12-digit
1 = 0
2 = 4
b
No = 0
Yes = 1
:
Tax calculation by new balance.
Print previous balance, when registering old check.
Always “000”
D8
Yes = 0
No = 2
:
D7
; ; ;
D6 D5 D4
Merge the same department/PLU registration by old check.
(Item consolidation)
No = 0
Yes = 4
:
D3
Display detail items of the previous check
when registering <OLD CHK>.
Yes = 0
No = 1
a
;
(a+b)
D2
No = 0
Yes = 1
Item consolidation when registering <SEP CHK>.
Capture the item data
b
No = 0
Yes = 1
:
D1
Record 0027-022
Description
Choice
Program code
:
D12
No = 0
Yes = 1
Enable clerk interrupt.
No = 0
Yes = 4
:
Enable to register a clerk who has no clerk number.
Always “0000”
D11
; ; ; ;
D10 D9 D8 D7
; ; ; ;
D6 D5 D4 D3
Always “0000”
Auto sign-off timer.
(00 ~ 99 seconds, “00” means no auto sign-off.)
Significant
numbers
: :
D2 D1
Record 0028-022
Description
Choice
Program code
: :
Significant
numbers
Back light off timer (00 ~ 59 minutes, “00” means never turn off.)
D2 D1
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-193
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 6
Record 0029-022
Description
Choice
Program code
:
Significant
number
Sheet No. of the 1st parent menu sheet.
Summed up menu sheet 1 to parent 1.
Summed up menu sheet 2 to parent 1.
Summed up menu sheet 3 to parent 1.
Summed up menu sheet 4 to parent 1.
Summed up menu sheet 5 to parent 1.
Summed up menu sheet 6 to parent 1.
Summed up menu sheet 7 to parent 1.
Summed up menu sheet 8 to parent 1.
Sheet No. of the 2nd parent menu sheet.
Summed up menu sheet 1 to parent 2.
Summed up menu sheet 2 to parent 2.
Summed up menu sheet 3 to parent 2.
Summed up menu sheet 4 to parent 2.
Summed up menu sheet 5 to parent 2.
Summed up menu sheet 6 to parent 2.
Summed up menu sheet 7 to parent 2.
Summed up menu sheet 8 to parent 2.
Always “000”
D12
No = 0
Yes = 1
a
b
c
a
b
c
a
b
:
No = 0
Yes = 2
(a+b+c)
D11
No = 0
Yes = 4
No = 0
Yes = 1
:
(a+b+c)
D10
No = 0
Yes = 2
No = 0
Yes = 4
No = 0
Yes = 1
:
(a+b)
D9
No = 0
Yes = 2
Significant
number
:
D8
No = 0
Yes = 1
a
b
c
a
b
c
a
b
:
(a+b+c)
D7
No = 0
Yes = 2
No = 0
Yes = 4
No = 0
Yes = 1
:
(a+b+c)
D6
No = 0
Yes = 2
No = 0
Yes = 4
No = 0
Yes = 1
:
(a+b)
D5
No = 0
Yes = 2
; ; ;
D4 D3 D2
No = 0
Yes = 1
Sum up manu sheets to one sheet.
a
:
(a+b)
D1
No = 0
Yes = 2
Reset child menu sheets with parent menu sheet together.
b
P-194
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Record 0031-022
Description
Choice
Program code
No = 0
Yes = 1
Enable quantity extension of touch PLU.
Enable quantity extension of touch subdepartment.
Enable quantity extension of touch department.
Always “000000”
a
b
c
:
(a+b+c)
D12
No = 0
Yes = 2
No = 0
Yes = 4
;;;;;;
D11 D10 D9 D8 D7 D6
; ; ; ; ;
D5 D4 D3 D2 D1
Always “00000”
Record 0032-022
Description
Choice
Program code
Significant
numbers
: : : :
D12 D11 D10 D9
Start PLU number of 1st menu sheet
Significant
numbers
: : : :
Start PLU number of 2nd menu sheet
Start PLU number of 3rd menu sheet
D8 D7 D6 D5
Significant
numbers
: : : :
D4 D3 D2 D1
Record 0033-022
Description
Choice
Program code
Significant
numbers
: : : :
D12 D11 D10 D9
Start PLU number of 4th menu sheet
Significant
numbers
: : : :
Start PLU number of 5th menu sheet
Start PLU number of 6th menu sheet
D8 D7 D6 D5
Significant
numbers
: : : :
D4 D3 D2 D1
Record 0034-022
Description
Choice
Program code
Significant
numbers
: : : :
Start PLU number of 7th menu sheet
Start PLU number of 8th menu sheet
Always “0000”
D12 D11 D10 D9
Significant
numbers
: : : :
D8 D7 D6 D5
; ; ; ;
D4 D3 D2 D1
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-195
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 6
Record 0035-022
Description
Choice
Program code
Full aged employee:
Weekly work time (00 ~ 99 hours)
Weekly work time (00 ~ 59 minutes)
Significant
numbers
: : : :
D12 D11 D10 D9
Minor employee:
Weekly work time (00 ~ 99 hours)
Significant
numbers
: : : :
D8 D7 D6 D5
Weekly work time (00 ~ 59 minute)
Allow EMPLOYEE Z even if employee are not clocked-out.
Use Weekly / Bi-weekly
No = 0
Yes = 1
a
b
c
:
(a+b+c)
D4
Weekly = 0
Bi-weekly = 2
No = 0
Yes = 4
Enable clerk to sign on after clock-in
Always “0”
;
D3
No = 0
Yes = 1
:
Recognize break time as work time
D2
Rounding of work hours
• No rounding = 0,
• per 10 minutes = 1; 00 ~ 04 = 00, 05 ~ 09 = 10 (min.),
• per 15 minutes = 2; 00 ~ 07 = 00, 08 ~ 14 = 15 (min.),
• per 20 minutes = 3; 00 ~ 10 = 00, 11 ~ 19 = 20 (min.),
• per 30 minutes = 4; 00 ~ 15 = 00, 16 ~ 29 = 30 (min.)
:
Significant
number
D1
Record 0036-022
Description
Choice
Program code
No = 0
Yes = 1
:
Reset the Store/Recall starting number. (after Open check Z)
D9
Significant
numbers
: : : :
Store/Recall starting number (0000 = 0001) *
Store/Recall ending number (0000 = 9999) *
D8 D7 D6 D5
Significant
numbers
: : : :
D4 D3 D2 D1
* Be sure that all terminals have common value.
* The starting number should be smaller than the ending number.
Record 0037-022
Description
Choice
Program code
Significant
numbers
: : : :
Auto check starting number (0000 = 0001) *
D8 D7 D6 D5
Significant
numbers
: : : :
Auto check ending number (0000 = 9999) *
D4 D3 D2 D1
* Be sure that all terminals have common value.
* The starting number should be smaller than the ending number.
P-196
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
7-2-4-6. Scheduler
D16D15D14D13D12D11D10D9D8D7D6D5D4D3D2D1
0001-062
0002-062
0003-062
0004-062
0000000000000000— Record No./File No./Parameter (D28 ~ D13)
000000000000— Parameter (D12 ~ D1)
0000000000000000
000000000000
0000000000000000
000000000000
0000000000000000
000000000000
Description
Scheduler start time (00:00 ~ 23:59)
Choice
Program code
Significant
numbers
: : : :
D28 D27 D26 D25
Significant
numbers
: : : :
D24 D23 D22 D21
Scheduler end time (00:00 ~ 23:59)
;
D20
Always “0”
Significant
number
Interval control 1:
Daily = 0, Weekly = 1, Monthly = 2
:
D19
Interval control 2:
Daily; No meaning
Weekly; Define day of a week
Significant
numbers
: :
D18 D17
00; Sunday, 01; Monday, 02; Tuesday, 03; Wednesday,
04; Thursday, 05; Friday, 06; Saturday
Monthly; Define date, 01 ~ 31, 99 means the end of the month
Significant
numbers
: : : :
Interval time (00:00 ~ 23:59)
Always “0”
D16 D15 D14 D13
;
D12
Significant
numbers
: : : :
Arrangement table No.
Arrangement file No.
Always “0000”
D11 D10 D9 D8
Significant
numbers
: : :
D7 D6 D5
; ; ; ;
D4 D3 D2 D1
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-197
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 6
7-2-4-7. Check print
D6D5D4D3D2D1
0001-041
0002-041
0003-041
0004-041
000000— Record No./File No./Parameter
000000
000000
000000
Description
Choice
Program code
Define printing data:
1; Printing amount
3; Printing date
2; Printing amount (double size)
4; Printing date (double size)
Significant
number
:
D5
5; Check endorsement message 1st line
6; Check endorsement message 2nd line
7; Check endorsement message 3rd line
8; Check endorsement message 4th line
No = 0
Yes = 1
a
b
c
Feed before printing.
Normal = 0
Reverse = 2
:
(a+b+c)
D4
Feed direction
No = 0
Yes = 4
Feed 1 line after printing.
No. of feed lines before printing (0 ~ 9)
Printing offset digits (00 ~ 49)
Significant
number
:
D3
Significant
numbers
: :
D2 D1
7-2-4-8. Table analysis
D6D5D4D3D2D1
TBL01
TBL02
0001-018— Table analysis descriptor/Record No./File No.
000000— Parameter (Minimum check No.)
000000— Parameter (Maximum check No.)
0002-018
000000
000000
Description
Choice
Program code
Minimum check No. of the group
(“0” means “1.”)
Significant
numbers
::::::
D12 D11 D10 D9 D8 D7
Maximum check No. of the group
(“000000” means no programming.)
Significant
numbers
::::::
D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1
P-198
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
7-2-4-9. Tax table
0001-025
TX1
— Record No./File No.
10%— Tax rate
TX1
TX1
0000— Table maximum value
50— Rounding code
TX1
02— Table attribution
0002-025
TX2
TX2
10%
0000
50
TX2
TX2
02
7-2-4-10. Void table
Mistake
001-012— Void reason character/Record No./File No.
000000— Parameter
002-012
Out of Date
000000
Description
Choice
Program code
Yes = 0
No = 1
:
Return stock value.
D1
7-2-4-11. System connection
0001-901 MC #01
0002-901
0003-901
020101000000— Record No./File No./Id character/Parameter
000000000000
000000000000
000000000000
0004-901
Description
Choice
Program code
::::::
D24 D23 D22 D21 D20 D19
Significant
characters
Logical ID characters (within 12 characters)
::::::
D18 D17 D16 D15 D14 D13
Terminal:
Oneself = 02, Others = 01
: :
D12 D11
Significant
numbers
Check tracking master/backup master (program value):
Master = 01, Backup master = 02, Self master = 03, Satellite = 00
Significant
numbers
: :
D10 D9
Check tracking master/backup master (current value):
Master = 01, Backup master = 02, Self master = 03, Satellite = 00
Significant
numbers
: :
D8 D7
; ; ;;;
Always “00000”
D6 D5 D4 D3 D2
Check tracking cluster number (0 ~ 9)
(“0” means no designation.)
:
D1
Significant
number
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-199
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 6
7-2-4-12. I/O parameter
0001-902
0002-902
0003-902
0004-902
0000000000— Record No./File No./Parameter
0000000000
0000000000
0000000000
Record 0001
Description
Choice
Program code
Inline baud rate:
Significant
number
:
D1
312kbps = 0*, 156kbps = 1
* For INLINE 2 (CAT5) cable, select 312kbps only.
Record 0002
Description
57600bps = 2,
9600bps = 5,
Choice
Program code
Online baud rate: 115200bps = 0,1
Significant
number
:
38400bps = 3,
4800bps = 6,
19200bps = 4,
2400bps = 7
D2
Activation signal (trigger):
DR = 0, CI = 1
Significant
number
:
D1
Record 0003
Description
Choice
Program code
;
Always “0”
D1
Record 0004
Description
Choice
Program code
Significant
numbers
: :
No. of offset digits of slip/validation printing by SA-3015 (00 ~ 24)
Always “000”
D10D9
; ; ;
D8 D7 D6
:
D5
No = 0
Yes = 1
Use SA-3015 printer for slip printing:
Using RS-232C port for printer:
COM4 = 0, COM5 = 5, COM6 = 6
Significant
number
:
D4
Baud rate of the RS-232C port for printer:
19200bps = 0, 9600bps = 1
Significant
number
:
D3
Using printer connected to RS-232C port: No printer = 99
Significant
numbers
• UP-350 = 00
• SA-3015 = 01
• UP-250 = 02
: :
D2 D1
P-200
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Record 0005
Description
Choice
Program code
Significant
numbers
: :
No. of offset digits of slip/validation printing by SA-3015 (00 ~ 24)
Always “000”
D10D9
; ; ;
D8 D7 D6
:
No = 0
Yes = 1
Use SA-3015 printer for slip printing:
D5
Using RS-232C port for printer:
COM5 = 0, COM4 = 4, COM6 = 6
Significant
number
:
D4
Baud rate of the RS-232C port for printer:
19200bps = 0, 9600bps = 1
Significant
number
:
D3
Using printer connected to RS-232C port: No printer = 99
Significant
numbers
• UP-350 = 00
• SA-3015 = 01
• UP-250 = 02
: :
D2 D1
Record 0006
Description
Choice
Program code
Rear display:
Connected * = 1, Not connected = 0
Significant
number
:
D2
Remote display:
Connected * = 1, Not connected = 0
Significant
number
:
D1
* You can connect either rear or remote display.
Record 0007
Description
Choice
Program code
Significant
number
Display color:
White line/black ground = 0, Black line/white ground = 1
:
D1
Record 0008
Description
Choice
Program code
;
D1
Always “0”
Record 0009
Description
Choice
Program code
Parity:
Significant
number
:
D4
Even = 0, Non = 1, Odd = 2
Bit:
Significant
number
:
D3
7 bit = 0, 8 bit = 1
Scanner:
Connect = 2, No = 0
Significant
number
:
D2
Baud rate:
Significant
number
:
D1
2400 bps = 0, 9600 bps = 1, 4800 bps = 2
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-201
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 6
Record 0010
Description
Choice
Program code
Significant
number
Using RS-232C port for printer:
No printer = 0, COM2 = 2 (COM 4 = 4, COM 5 = 5, COM 6 = 6)
:
D4
Significant
number
Baud rate of the RS-232C port for slip printer:
No printer = 0, 9600bps = 1
:
D3
SP-1300:
Connect = 70, No = 00
Significant
number
: :
D2 D1
Record 0011
Description
Choice
Program code
Significant
numbers
: :
No. of offset digits of slip/validation printing by SA-3015 (00 ~ 24)
D10D9
; ; ;
Always “000”
D8 D7 D6
:
No = 0
Yes = 1
Use SA-3015 printer for slip printing:
D5
Using RS-232C port for printer:
COM6 = 0, COM4 = 4, COM5 = 5
Significant
number
:
D4
Baud rate of the RS-232C port for printer:
19200bps = 0, 9600bps = 1
Significant
number
:
D3
Using printer connected to RS-232C port: No printer = 99
Significant
numbers
• UP-350 = 00
• SA-3015 = 01
• UP-250 = 02
: :
D2 D1
P-202
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
7-2-4-13. Printer definition
0001-903 MC #01
/1
01— Record No./File No./Printer Name/Attribution
MC #02
/2
0002-903 MC #01
/10
/2
50
MC #01
:
:
Description
Choice
Program code
Kind of printer:
Significant
numbers
: :
No = 00, R/J = 01, Report = 02, Order#1 = 50,
D30 D29
Order#2 = 51, … Order#7 = 56
ECR ID characters connecting with main printer
(within 12 characters)
Significant
characters
: ~ :
D28 ~ D17
ECR ID characters connecting with backup printer
(within 12 characters)
Significant
characters
: ~ :
D16 ~ D5
Main printer number:
Printer (1) = 00 or 01, Printer (2) = 02, Printer (3) = 03
Significant
numbers
: :
D4 D3
Backup printer number:
Printer (1) = 00 or 01, Printer (2) = 02, Printer (3) = 03
Significant
numbers
: :
D2 D1
7-2-4-14. Time Zone
0001-800
0001-800
000000000000— Record No./File No./Significant number
000000000000
:
Description
Choice
Program code
: :
D12 D11
Zone start time (hour)
00 ~23
: :
Zone start time (minute) (00~59)
Zone end time (hour) (00~23)
Zone end time (minute) (00~59)
Zone cycle (hour) (00~23)
00 ~ 59
00 ~ 23
D10 D9
: :
D8 D7
: :
D6 D5
00 ~ 59
: :
D4 D3
00 ~ 23
: :
D2 D1
Zone cycle (minute) (00, 15, 30, 45)
00, 15, 30, 45
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-203
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 6
7-2-4-15. Employee
HARRISON
CLAPTON
123456
9999999999
0001-801— Employee#/Character/Record No./File No.
0001020304— Social security No./Program (D12~D3)
HARRISON— Clerk character
000001
0002-801
0000000000
0000000000
--------— (No clerk character is set.)
:
Description
Choice
Program code
Employee No. (within a 6-digits: 000000~999999)
(“000000” means no select number)
Reading “zero” can be ignored. eg) 001234 → 1234
Significant
number
: ~ :
D44 ~ D39
Significant
character
: ~ :
Character (16-degits)
D38 ~ D23
Significant
number
Social security No. (within a 10-digits)
Reading “zero” cannot be ignored. eg) 0001234567 → 0001234567
: ~ :
D22 ~ D13
No = 0
Yes = 1
a
b
c
a
b
Specify job code
:
(a+b+c)
D12
No = 0
Yes = 2
Clock-in without job code or with undefined Job
Use the job code window during clock-in operation
Enable to clock-in with ignoring the schedule
Minor employee
No = 0
Yes = 4
No = 0
Yes = 2
:
(a+b)
D11
No = 0
Yes = 1
Significant
number
Job code 1 (00 ~ 99)
(“00” means no select number)
: :
D10 D9
Significant
number
Job code 2 (00 ~ 99)
(“00” means no select number)
: :
D8 D7
Significant
number
Job code 3 (00 ~ 99)
(“00” means no select number)
: :
D6 D5
Significant
number
Job code 4 (00 ~ 99)
(“00” means no select number)
: :
D4 D3
Significant
number
: :
Cashier/clerk record number (00 ~ 99)
D2 D1
P-204
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
7-2-4-16. Job Code
COOK
0001-802— Character/Record No./File No.
00
00
@9999.99
@0.00
12.34— Programming (D12D11) /Pay rate/Overtime pay ratio
0002-802
0.00
JOB#2
:
Description
Choice
Program code
Significant
character
: ~ :
Character (within a 16-digit) (No character means no setting.)
Tip declaration compulsory during clock-out operation
Always “0”
D28 ~ D13
No = 0
Yes = 1
:
D12
;
D11
Significant
number
: ~ :
Pay rate ($0.00 ~ $9999.99)
D10 ~ D5
Significant
number
Overtime pay ratio (0.00 ~ 99.99)
(“0.00” means “1.00”)
: : : :
D4 D3 D2 D1
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-205
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 6
7-2-4-17. Schedule
Monday
JOB#1
(1)
(2)
0001-803— Day of the week/Shift No./Rec#~File#
000000000000— Job character/Programming (D20 ~ D9)
00000000— Programming (D8 ~ D1)
0002-803
Monday
JOB#2
000000000000
00000000
:
Description
Choice
Program code
Significant
number
Job code (00 ~ 99)
(“00” means no select number)
: :
D22 D21
Significant
number
: :
D20 D19
Start time (hour) (00 ~ 23)
Significant
number
: :
Start time (minute) (00 ~ 59)
End time (hour) (00 ~ 23)
D18 D17
Significant
number
: :
D16 D15
Significant
number
: :
D14 D13
End time (minute) (00 ~ 59)
Significant
number
: :
D12 D11
Break time (hour) (00 ~ 23)
Significant
number
: :
Break time (minute) (00 ~ 59)
Grace before start (minute) (00 ~ 99)
Grace after start (minute) (00 ~ 99)
Grace before end (minute) (00 ~ 99)
Grace after end (minute) (00 ~ 99)
D10 D9
: :
Significant
number
D8 D7
: :
Significant
number
D6 D5
: :
Significant
number
D4 D3
: :
Significant
number
D2 D1
P-206
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
7-2-4-18. IDC Link
0001-804 0001-004 PLU0001
— Record No./File No./Target Record No.-File No./Character
1010— Programming (D12 ~ D9)
0001-804 0001-026 PLU0001
:
2000
Description
Choice
Program code
;
Always “0”
D12
Significant
number
Specify IDC Link file
No link=0, IDC(1)=1, IDC(2)=2, IDC(3)=3
:
D11
;
Always “0”
D10
Significant
number
Target for IDC:
All transactions=0, Only item/function=1
:
D9
Significant
number
: : : :
Record No. of the target for IDC
Always “0”
D8 D7 D6 D5
;
D4
Significant
number
: : :
D3 D2 D1
File No. of the target for IDC
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-207
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 6
7-2-5 Clerk
7-2-5-1. Clerk feature
C01
001-007— Clerk name/Record No./File No.
0001— Clerk secret code
00— Drawer No.
000111— Clerk No. for clerk interrupt
0000040000— Refer to the record 01-067 †
0000000000— Refer to the record 02-067 †
0000000000— Refer to the record 03-067 †
01-067
02-067
03-067
04-067 000000000000— Refer to the record 04-067 †
05-067 000000000000— Refer to the record 05-067 †
06-067 000000000000— Refer to the record 06-067 †
07-067 000000000000— Refer to the record 07-067 †
08-067 000000000000— Refer to the record 08-067 †
09-067 000000000000— Refer to the record 09-067 †
10-067 000000000000— Refer to the record 10-067 †
11-067 000000000000— not used
068
00000000— Commission rate †
069 000000000000— Table range †
C02
002-007
0002
† Refer to the record format below.
:
:
Table range
Description
Choice
Program code
Minimum value for table range (1 ~ 999999)
(“0” means no programming.)
Significant
numbers
::::::
D12 D11 D10 D9 D8 D7
Maximum value for table range (1 ~ 999999)
(“0” means no programming.)
Significant
numbers
::::::
D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1
Commission rate
Description
Commission rate 1 (0.01 ~ 99.99%)
Choice
Program code
Significant
: : : :
numbers
D8 D7 D6 D5
(with decimal)
Significant
: : : :
D4 D3 D2 D1
Commission rate 2 (0.01 ~ 99.99%)
numbers
(with decimal)
P-208
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Record 01-067
Description
Choice
Program code
:
No = 0
Yes = 4
Check number compulsory
Table number compulsory
D10
No = 0
Yes = 1
a
b
c
a
b
c
:
(a+b+c)
D9
No = 0
Yes = 2
Number of customer compulsory
No = 0
Yes = 4
Guest receipt compulsory (at finalization)
Guest receipt compulsory (at new balance)
Slip auto-batch print compulsory (at finalization)
Slip auto-batch print compulsory (at new balance)
No = 0
Yes = 1
:
(a+b+c)
D8
No = 0
Yes = 2
No = 0
Yes = 4
Clerk attribution:
Cashier = 0, Clerk = 1, Manager = 2
Significant
number
:
D7
No = 0
Yes = 1
:
D6
Training clerk
No = 0
Yes = 1
Enable to open check created by other clerk
Disable to sign on
a
b
c
:
(a+b+c)
D5
No = 0
Yes = 2
No = 0
Yes = 4
Sign off at finalization
Always “0”
;
D4
No = 0
Yes = 1
Seat number compulsory
Eat-in/Take-out compulsory
Always “0”
a
:
(a+b)
D3
No = 0
Yes = 2
b
;
D2
Void operation:
Complete void = 0, Current transaction = 1, Not allowed = 2
Significant
number
:
D1
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-209
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 6
Record 02-067
Description
Enable to use 1st menu sheet.
Choice
Program code
Yes = 0
No = 1
a
b
c
a
b
c
a
b
:
Yes = 0
No = 2
Enable to use 2nd menu sheet.
Enable to use 3rd menu sheet.
Enable to use 4th menu sheet.
Enable to use 5th menu sheet.
Enable to use 6th menu sheet.
Enable to use 7th menu sheet.
Enable to use 8th menu sheet.
Always “000”
(a+b+c)
D10
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
:
Yes = 0
No = 2
(a+b+c)
D9
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
:
(a+b)
D8
Yes = 0
No = 2
; ; ;
D7 D6 D5
Default shift PLU sheet number after sign on. (0 ~ 8)
(Do not set the disabled sheet No.,
“0” means maintaining previous menu sheet.)
Significant
number
:
D4
Default menu sheet number after sign on. (0 ~ 8)
(Do not set the disabled sheet No.,
“0” means maintaining previous menu sheet.)
Significant
number
:
D3
Default @ menu sheet number after sign on. (0 ~ 2)
(Do not set the disabled sheet No.,
“0” means maintaining previous menu sheet.)
:
Significant
number
D2
Status = 0
Status/stay down menu sheet assignment
Status/stay down @ menu sheet assignment
a
Stay down = 1
:
(a+b)
D1
Status = 0
Stay down = 2
b
P-210
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Record 03-067
Description
Enable to operate in REG mode.
Choice
Program code
Yes = 0
No = 1
a
b
c
:
(a+b+c)
D10
Yes = 0
No = 2
Enable to operate in REF mode.
Enable to operate in REG– mode.
Always “0”
Yes = 0
No = 4
;
D9
Yes = 0
No = 1
Enable to operate in PGM1 mode.
Enable to operate in PGM2 mode.
Enable to operate in PGM3 mode.
Enable to operate in PGM4 mode.
Enable to operate in PGM5 mode.
Enable to operate in PGM6 mode.
Always “0”
a
b
c
a
b
c
:
Yes = 0
No = 2
(a+b+c)
D8
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
:
Yes = 0
No = 2
(a+b+c)
D7
Yes = 0
No = 4
;
D6
Yes = 0
No = 1
Enable to operate in X/Z mode.
Enable to operate in Manager mode.
Enable to operate in collection/consolidation mode.
Enable to operate in Auto-PGM mode
Enable to operate in CF card Auto-PGM mode
Always “00”
a
b
c
a
b
:
(a+b+c)
D5
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
:
(a+b)
D4
Yes = 0
No = 2
; ;
D3 D2
Significant
number
Default mode after sign on:
REG = 0, PGM1 = 1, X/Z = 2
:
D1
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-211
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 6
Record 04-067
Description
Choice
Program code
Yes = 0
No = 1
Enable to operate cash.
a
b
c
a
b
a
b
a
b
c
a
b
c
Yes = 0
No = 2
:
Enable to operate charge.
Enable to operate check.
Enable to operate credit.
(a+b+c)
D12
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
:
(a+b)
D11
Yes = 0
No = 4
Enable to operate new balance.
Enable to operate price inquiry.
Enable to operate stock inquiry.
Enable to operate text recall.
Enable to operate text print.
Enable to operate check print.
Enable to operate clerk transfer.
Enable to operate table transfer.
Enable to operate tip.
Yes = 0
No = 2
:
(a+b)
D10
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
;
Yes = 0
No = 2
(a+b+c)
D9
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
:
Yes = 0
No = 2
(a+b+c)
D8
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
:
D7
Enable to operate normal receipt.
Yes = 0
No = 1
Enable to operate loan.
a
b
c
a
b
a
b
a
b
c
:
(a+b+c)
D6
Yes = 0
No = 2
Enable to operate received on account.
Enable to operate paid out.
Enable to operate pick up.
Enable to operate coupon.
Enable to operate deposit.
Enable to operate minus.
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
:
(a+b)
D5
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 1
:
(a+b)
D4
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
Enable to operate percent minus.
Enable to operate plus.
Yes = 0
No = 2
:
(a+b+c)
D3
Yes = 0
No = 4
Enable to operate percent plus.
Yes = 0
No = 4
:
D2
Enable to operate refund.
Yes = 0
No = 4
:
D1
Enable to operate coupon 2.
P-212
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Record 05-067
Description
Enable to operate validation.
Choice
Program code
Yes = 0
No = 1
a
b
c
a
b
c
a
b
c
a
b
:
(a+b+c)
D12
Yes = 0
No = 2
Enable to operate receipt.
Yes = 0
No = 4
Enable to operate check endorse.
Enable to operate non add.
Yes = 0
No = 1
:
Yes = 0
No = 2
Enable to operate non add/no sale.
Enable to operate no sale.
(a+b+c)
D11
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
Enable to operate No. of customer
Enable to operate arrangement.
Enable to operate currency exchange.
Enable to operate VAT.
:
Yes = 0
No = 2
(a+b+c)
D10
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
:
(a+b)
D9
Yes = 0
No = 2
Enable to operate bill copy.
;
D8
Always “0”.
:
D7
Yes = 0
No = 4
Enable to operate slip back feed/release.
Yes = 0
No = 1
Enable to operate slip print.
Enable to operate slip feed/release.
Enable to operate tax shift.
a
b
c
:
Yes = 0
No = 2
(a+b+c)
D6
Yes = 0
No = 4
:
Yes = 0
No = 4
Enable to operate table number.
D5
Yes = 0
No = 1
Enable to operate money declaration.
Enable to operate shift PLU.
Enable to operate menu shift.
Enable to operate tax exempt.
Enable to operate open.
a
b
a
b
a
b
c
a
b
:
(a+b)
D4
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 1
:
(a+b)
D3
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 1
:
Yes = 0
No = 2
Enable to operate preset open.
Enable to operate 1st@.
(a+b+c)
D2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
Enable to operate 2nd@.
:
(a+b)
D1
Yes = 0
No = 4
Enable to operate clerk No.
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-213
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 6
Record 06-067
Description
Enable to operate operator X/Z.
Choice
Program code
Yes = 0
No = 1
a
b
c
a
b
c
:
(a+b+c)
D12
Yes = 0
No = 2
Enable to tray total.
Yes = 0
No = 4
Enable to operate subtotal.
Enable to operate receipt on/off.
Enable to operate TA/ST.
Enable to operate operator No.
Enable to operate MD/ST.
Enable to operate X.
Yes = 0
No = 1
:
Yes = 0
No = 2
(a+b+c)
D11
Yes = 0
No = 4
:
D10
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 1
a
b
c
a
b
:
Yes = 0
No = 2
Enable to operate X/For.
Enable to operate X/XX.
Enable to operate X/XXX.
Enable to operate Ketten Bon.
Enable to operate selective item ST.
Always “00”
(a+b+c)
D9
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
:
(a+b)
D8
Yes = 0
No = 2
:
D7
Yes = 0
No = 1
; ;
D6 D5
Yes = 0
No = 1
Enable to operate new check.
Enable to operate old check.
Enable to operate new/old check.
Enable to operate add check.
Enable to operate separate check.
Always “00”
a
b
c
a
b
:
(a+b+c)
D4
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
:
(a+b)
D3
Yes = 0
No = 2
; ;
D2 D1
P-214
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Record 07-067
Description
Enable to operate substitution.
Choice
Program code
Yes = 0
No = 1
a
:
(a+b)
D12
Yes = 0
No = 4
Enable to operate House Bon.
b
;
D11
Always “0”
Yes = 0
No = 1
Enable to operate operator open check.
Enable to operate media change.
Enable to operate seat number.
Enable to operate display on/off.
Enable to operate REG mode.
Enable to operate X/Z mode
a
b
c
a
b
c
:
(a+b+c)
D10
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
:
(a+b+c)
D9
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
:
Enable to operate PGM mode.
Enable to operate post entry.
Enable to operate round repeat.
Enable to operate eat-in.
D8
Yes = 0
No = 1
a
b
c
a
b
c
a
b
a
b
c
:
(a+b+c)
D7
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
Enable to operate take-out.
:
(a+b+c)
D6
Yes = 0
No = 2
Enable to operate store.
Yes = 0
No = 4
Enable to operate recall.
Yes = 0
No = 1
Enable to operate reverse display.
Enable to operate Electronic journal display.
Enable to operate home position.
Enable to operate display mode change.
Enable to operate dutch account.
:
(a+b)
D5
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
:
(a+b+c)
D4
Yes = 0
No = 4
;
D3
Always “0”
Yes = 0
No = 4
:
Enable to operate all void of this transaction.
Enable to operate all void from the top of this receipt.
D2
Yes = 0
No = 1
:
D1
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-215
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 6
Record 08-067
Description
Choice
Program code
Yes = 0
No = 1
Enable to operate price.
Enable to operate PLU No.
a
b
c
a
b
a
b
c
:
(a+b+c)
D12
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Enable to operate subdepartment No.
Enable to operate department No.
Enable to operate list No.
Enable to operate flat PLU.
Enable to operate department key.
Enable to operate subdepartment key.
Enable to operate list key.
Always “0000”
Yes = 0
No = 1
:
(a+b)
D11
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 1
:
Yes = 0
No = 2
(a+b+c)
D10
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
:
D9
; ; ; ;
D8 D7 D6 D5
; ; ; ;
D4 D3 D2 D1
Always “0000”
P-216
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Record 09-067
Description
Enable to operate arrange group 1.
Choice
Program code
Yes = 0
No = 1
a
b
c
a
b
:
Yes = 0
No = 2
Enable to operate arrange group 2.
Enable to operate arrange group 3.
Enable to operate arrange group 4.
Enable to operate arrange group 5.
Always “00000”
(a+b+c)
D12
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
:
(a+b+c)
D11
Yes = 0
No = 2
; ; ; ; ;
D10 D9 D8 D7 D6
; ; ; ; ;
D5 D4 D3 D2 D1
Always “00000”
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-217
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 6
Record 10-067
Description
Choice
Program code
Yes = 0
No = 1
Enable to issue daily X report.
a
b
a
b
a
b
:
(a+b)
D12
Yes = 0
No = 2
Enable to issue daily Z report.
Yes = 0
No = 1
Enable to issue periodic 1 X report.
Enable to issue periodic 1 Z report.
Enable to issue periodic 2 X report.
Enable to issue periodic 2 Z report.
:
(a+b+c)
D11
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 1
:
(a+b)
D10
Yes = 0
No = 2
;
Always “0”
D9
Yes = 0
No = 1
Enable to issue batch X/Z 1 report.
Enable to issue batch X/Z 2 report.
Enable to issue batch X/Z 3 report.
Enable to issue batch X/Z 4 report.
Enable to issue batch X/Z 5 report.
Enable to issue batch X/Z 6 report.
Enable to issue batch X/Z 7 report.
Enable to issue batch X/Z 8 report.
Enable to issue batch X/Z 9 report.
Enable to issue employee X/Z report.
Enable to issue employee edit report.
Enable to issue batch X/Z 10 report.
Enable to issue operator X report.
Enable to issue operator Z report.
a
b
c
a
b
c
a
b
c
a
b
c
a
b
Yes = 0
No = 2
:
(a+b+c)
D8
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
:
(a+b+c)
D7
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
:
(a+b+c)
D6
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
:
(a+b+c)
D5
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
:
(a+b)
D4
Yes = 0
No = 2
; ;
Always “00”
D3 D2
Yes = 0
No = 1
Enable to issue X/Z report by file.
Enable to issue individual key/item X/Z report.
Enable to issue other individual X/Z report.
a
b
c
:
(a+b+c)
D1
Yes = 0
No = 2
Yes = 0
No = 4
P-218
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
7-2-5-2. Clerk detail
0001-030 0001-001 GROSS
0002-030 0002-001 NET
0003-030 0003-001 CAID
— Record No./File No./Detailed total record No./
File No./Character
7-2-5-3. Clerk key ID (Dallas key ID)
1234567890AB
0001-027 — Key ID./Record No./File No.
0001 — Clerk name/Clerk record No.
0002-027
0002
C
12362458DA79
C
01
02
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-219
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 6
7-2-6 Key feature
7-2-6-1. PLU
PLU0001
0001-004— PLU descriptor/Record No./File No.
000000000000— Elementary program †
000000— Refer to the record 11-066 †
000000— Refer to the record 12-066 †
0000— Refer to the record 13-066 †
0— Refer to the record 14-066 †
@0.00— High amount limit
11-066
12-066
13-066
14-066
15-066
16-066
17-066
20-066
21-066
22-066
00— Refer to the record 16-066 †
00— Refer to the record 17-066 †
0000— Refer to the record 20-066 †
00000000— Refer to the record 21-066 †
000000— not used
PLU0002
0002-004
7-2-6-2. PLU 2nd unit price
PLU0001
0001-054— PLU 2nd @ descriptor/Record No./File No.
000000000000— Elementary program †
000000— Refer to the record 11-066 †
000000— Refer to the record 12-066 †
0002-004
11-066
12-066
PLU0002
000000000000
11-066
12-066
000000
000000— Refer to the record 12-066 †
0003-004
PLU0003
7-2-6-3. Subdepartment
SUBDEPT01
0001-003— Subdepartment descriptor/Record No./File No.
000000000000— Elementary program †
000000— Refer to the record 11-066 †
@0.00— High amount limit
11-066
15-066
16-066
17-066
20-066
00— Refer to the record 16-066 †
00— Refer to the record 17-066 †
0000— Refer to the record 20-066 †
00000000— Refer to the record 21-066 †
0002-003
21-066
SUBDEPT02
7-2-6-4. Department
DEPT01
0001-005— Department descriptor/Record No./File No.
000000000000— Elementary program †
000000— Refer to the record 11-066 †
@0.00— High amount limit
11-066
15-066
16-066
17-066
20-066
00— Refer to the record 16-066 †
00— Refer to the record 17-066 †
0000— Refer to the record 20-066 †
00000000— Refer to the record 21-066 †
0002-005
21-066
DEPT02
† Refer to the following record formats.
P-220
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Elementary program
Description
Choice
Program code
Significant
number
Single item control: (Not effective for PLU 2nd@)
Normal receipt = 0, Single item receipt = 3
:
D12
No = 0
Yes = 1
Selective item status 1 (Not effective for PLU 2nd@)
Selective item status 2 (Not effective for PLU 2nd@)
a
:
(a+b)
D11
No = 0
Yes = 2
b
Significant
number
Normal/condiment/preparation (Only effective for PLU)
Normal item = 0, Condiment = 1, Preparation = 2
:
D10
No = 0
Yes = 1
U.S., Singapore:
Taxable status 1
a
b
c
; :
(a+b+c)
D9 D8
No = 0
Yes = 2
Taxable status 2
Taxable status 3
No = 0
Yes = 4
Canada:
Taxable 1 = 01, Taxable 2 = 02, Taxable 3 = 03, Taxable 4 = 04
Taxable 1 & 2 = 05, Taxable 1 & 3 = 06, Taxable 1 & 4 = 07
Non taxable = 00
Significant
number
: :
D9 D8
Significant
number
Other area:
Taxable status 01 ~ 10 (“00” means Non-tax)
Yes = 0
No = 1
Multiple validation (Not effective for PLU 2nd@)
a
b
c
a
b
c
a
b
(If “No”, only one validation is possible.)
:
(a+b)
D7
No = 0
Yes = 2
Full hash (Not effective for PLU 2nd@)
Open PLU (Only effective for PLU)
Enable 0 unit price.
No = 0
Yes = 4
No = 0
Yes = 1
:
No = 0
Yes = 2
Enable negative price. (Not effective for PLU 2nd@)
Hash (Not effective for PLU 2nd@)
(a+b+c)
D6
No = 0
Yes = 4
No = 0
Yes = 1
Register by unit price of pulldown main item.
(i.e. ignore sub item unit price)
:
(a+b)
D5
No = 0
Yes = 2
Use premium item of pulldown set.
Significant
number
Low digit limitation (LDL) for manually entered unit price.
(Not effective for PLU 2nd@)
:
D4
;
Always “0”
D3
No = 0
Yes = 1
Commission 1 (Not effective for PLU 2nd@)
Commission 2 (Not effective for PLU 2nd@)
Always “0”
a
:
(a+b)
D2
No = 0
Yes = 2
b
;
D1
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-221
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 6
Record 11-066
Description
Choice
Program code
Significant
numbers
: :
D6 D5
Link subdepatment record number (for PLU and PLU 2nd@)
Link department record number
(for PLU PLU 2nd@ and subdepartment)
Significant
numbers
: :
D4 D3
Significant
numbers
: :
D2 D1
Link group record number
Record 12-066
Description
PLU random code (only for PLU)
Choice
Program code
Significant
numbers
::::::
D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1
Record 13-066
Description
Set menu table number (only for PLU)
Choice
Program code
Significant
numbers
: : : :
D4 D3 D2 D1
Record 14-066
Description
Choice
Program code
Unit stock quantity (0.001 ~ 99.999)
Significant : : : : :
Enter with decimal point. (If “0”, treats as “1”.)
numbers
D12 D11 D10 D9 D8
(for PLU and PLU 2nd@)
;
D7
Always “0”
Minimum stock quantity (0.001 ~ 99.999)
Enter with decimal point. (for PLU and PLU 2nd@)
Significant
numbers
: : : : :
D6 D5 D4 D3 D2
;
D1
Always “0”
Record 15-066
Description
Choice
Program code
High amount limit for entering unit price manually.
(not for PLU 2nd@)
Significant
numbers
::::::
D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1
Record 16-066
Description
Choice
Program code
Order character record number (00 ~ 99)
(not for PLU 2nd@)
Significant
numbers
: :
D2 D1
P-222
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Record 17-066
Description
Number of Bon receipts (1 ~ 9)
(If “0”, no Bon is issued.) (not for PLU 2nd@)
Choice
Program code
Significant
number
:
D1
Record 20-066
Description
Choice
Program code
1 = 0
2 = 1
Order printing color: 1 Black: UP-250 (Normal : UP-350),
2 Red: UP-250 (Reverse: UP-350) (not for PLU 2nd@)
:
D4
No = 0
Yes = 1
Print out to order printer #1.
(not for PLU 2nd@)
a
b
c
a
b
c
:
(a+b+c)
D3
No = 0
Yes = 2
Print out to order printer #2.
not for PLU 2nd@)
No = 0
Yes = 4
Print out to order printer #3.
(not for PLU 2nd@)
No = 0
Yes = 1
Print out to order printer #4.
(not for PLU 2nd@)
:
(a+b+c)
D2
No = 0
Yes = 2
Print out to order printer #5.
(not for PLU 2nd@)
No = 0
Yes = 4
Print out to order printer #6.
(not for PLU 2nd@)
No = 0
Yes = 1
Print out to order printer #7.
(not for PLU 2nd@)
:
D1
Record 21-066
Description
Choice
Program code
Pulldown group record number (1)
(not for PLU 2nd@)
Significant
numbers
: :
D8 D7
Pulldown group record number (2)
(not for PLU 2nd@)
Significant
numbers
: :
D6 D5
Pulldown group record number (3)
(not for PLU 2nd@)
Significant
numbers
: :
D4 D3
Pulldown group record number (4)
(not for PLU 2nd@)
Significant
numbers
: :
D2 D1
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-223
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 6
7-2-6-5. Function key
0001 CASH
000000000000— Record No./Key descriptor/Parameter
000000000000
000000000000
0002 CHARGE
0003 CREDIT
0004 %+
000000000000
0005 CLEAR
0006 PGM MODE
000000000000
000000000000
Programming for cash, charge, credit and check
Description
Choice
Program code
Significant
number (0 ~9)
Allowable number of validation printing (“0” means no limitation)
:
D11
*1 *3 *4
No = 0
Yes = 1
Force validation operation. *1 *3 *4
a
b
c
No = 0
Yes = 2
:
(a+b+c)
D10
Print check number barcode on receipt.
No = 0
Yes = 4
Restriction (to 00, 25, 50, 75) on last two digits for amount
tendered (Only for <CASH> in Danish rounding)
;
D9
Always “0”
No = 0
Yes = 1
Force batch slip printing. *1 *4
a
b
c
a
b
c
a
b
c
a
b
:
(a+b+c)
D8
No = 0
Yes = 2
Force check endorsement printing (Only for <CHECK>). *3 *4
Force check printing (Only for <CHECK>). *3 *4
Prohibit entry of a partial payment
Prohibit the entry of the amount tendered.
Force entry of the amount tendered.
No = 0
Yes = 4
No = 0
Yes = 1
:
(a+b+c)
D7
No = 0
Yes = 2
No = 0
Yes = 4
No = 0
Yes = 1
Print VAT breakdown. *1 *2
:
(a+b+c)
D6
Check cashing commission (Only for <CHECK>) *3
Amount = 0
Rate = 2
1 Use an amount
2 Use a rate
Validation amount *3
1 Print subtotal amount 2 Print amount tendered
Subtotal = 0
Tender = 4
No = 0
Yes = 1
No change due is made in tendering operation.
:
(a+b)
D5
Yes = 0
No = 2
Issue receipt while check tracking/clerk interrupt.
Maximum
value (0 ~ 9)
High amount limit specification for subtotal and tendering
amounts. *3
: :
D4 D3
Number of
zeros (0 ~ 9)
Maximum
value (0 ~ 9)
: :
D2 D1
High amount limit specification for change amount due.
Number of
zeros (0 ~ 9)
P-224
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
*1 Those are valid options for AUTO CASH as well.
*2 Those are valid options for Single item as well.
*3 Those are valid options for Cashing a check as well.
*4 Those are valid options for Currency exchange (include partial tender) as well.
Programming for new balance
Description
Allowable number of validation printing (“0” means no limitation)
Choice
Program code
Significant
number (0 ~9)
:
D11
No = 0
Yes = 1
a
Force validation operation.
Print check number barcode on receipt.
Always “0”
:
(a+b)
D10
No = 0
Yes = 2
b
;
D9
No = 0
Yes = 1
a
Force batch slip printing.
Open drawer when the key is pressed.
Always “0”
:
(a+b)
D8
No = 0
Yes = 2
b
;
D7
No = 0
Yes = 1
a
Print VAT breakdown.
Service charge
:
(a+b)
D6
Amount = 0
Rate = 2
b
1 Use an amount
2 Use a rate
Yes = 0
No = 2
:
D5
Issue receipt while check tracking/clerk interrupt.
; ; ; ;
D4 D3 D2 D1
Always “0000”
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-225
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 6
Programming for character print
Description
Choice
Program code
Significant
numbers
Start record number of displaying “TEXT RECALL WINDOW”
(“00” means “01”.)
: :
D9 D8
Yes = 0
No = 1
Allow clerk or mode change after the “text recall” key
depression. (effective only for “text recall” key)
:
Yes = 0
No = 2
D7
Print characters to sales receipt printer.
Significant
number
Order character record No. (01 ~ 99)
(“00” clears programming)
: :
D6 D5
Black = 0
Red = 1
a
b
c
a
b
c
a
b
c
Printing color (effective only for order)
Display/print with quantity.
:
(a+b+c)
D4
No = 0
Yes = 2
No = 0
Yes = 4
Staydown “TEXT RECALL WINDOW” (only characters)
Print characters to order printer 1.
Print characters to order printer 2.
Print characters to order printer 3.
Print characters to order printer 4.
Print characters to order printer 5.
Print characters to order printer 6.
Print characters to order printer 7.
No = 0
Yes = 1
:
(a+b+c)
D3
No = 0
Yes = 2
No = 0
Yes = 4
No = 0
Yes = 1
:
(a+b+c)
D2
No = 0
Yes = 2
No = 0
Yes = 4
No = 0
Yes = 1
:
D1
P-226
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Programming for check print
Description
Choice
Program code
Significant
number
:
D7
Number of back feed lines before printing (0 ~ 9)
;;;;;;
D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1
Always “000000”
Programming for clerk transfer
Description
Choice
Program code
1 = 0
2 = 1
Clerk number
1 Memory number
:
D7
2 Clerk secret number
;;;;;;
D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1
Always “000000”
Programming for table transfer
Description
Choice
Program code
No = 0
Yes = 1
Allow to add checks while table transferring.
Transfer the customer number.
Transfer only total amounts. (ST transfer)
Auto check transfer
a
b
c
a
b
:
(a+b+c)
D7
Yes = 0
No = 2
No = 0
Yes = 4
No = 0
Yes = 1
:
(a+b)
D6
No = 0
Yes = 2
Receipt is issued, even if the receipt switch is off.
Print receipt.
Yes = 0
No = 2
:
D5
;;;;
D4 D3 D2 D1
Always “0000”
Programming for tip
Description
Choice
Program code
Yes = 0
No = 4
Multiple validation
:
If “No”, only one validation printing is possible.)
Always “0000”
D11
; ; ; ;
D10 D9 D8 D7
; ; ;
D6 D5 D4
Always “000”
Significant
number
High digit limitation (HDL) for manually entered unit price
(“9” means NOT allow manual entry)
:
D3
; ;
D2 D1
Always “00”
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-227
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 6
Programming for loan, pick up
Description
Choice
Program code
Significant
:
Allowable number of validation printing (“0” means no limitation)
Force validation operation. (only effective after receipt issuance)
Always “00000”
number (0 ~9)
D11
No = 0
Yes = 1
:
D10
; ; ; ; ;
D9 D8 D7 D6 D5
Maximum
value (0 ~ 9)
: :
High amount limit specification for entering amounts
Number of
zeros (0 ~ 9)
D4 D3
; ;
D2 D1
Always “00”
Programming for received on account, paid out
Description
Choice
Program code
Significant
number (0 ~9)
:
D11
Allowable number of validation printing (“0” means no limitation)
No = 0
Yes = 1
:
D10
Force validation operation.
; ; ; ; ;
D9 D8 D7 D6 D5
Always “00000”
Maximum
value (0 ~ 9)
: :
High amount limit specification for entering amounts
Number of
zeros (0 ~ 9)
D4 D3
;
D2
Always “0”
No = 0
Yes = 1
:
D1
Enter numbers after registration.
P-228
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Programming for plus, minus, coupon
Description
Choice
Program code
Multiple validation
(If “No”, only one validation printing is possible.)
Yes = 0
No = 4
:
D11
;
D10
Always “0”
U.S., Singapore:
Taxable status 1
No = 0
Yes = 1
a
b
c
No = 0
Yes = 2
; :
(a+b+c)
D9 D8
Taxable status 2
Taxable status 3
No = 0
Yes = 4
Canada:
Taxable 1 = 01, Taxable 2 = 02, Taxable 3 = 03, Taxable 4 = 04
Taxable 1 & 2 = 05, Taxable 1 & 3 = 06,Taxable 1 & 4 = 07
All taxable = 08, Non taxable = 00
Significant
numbers
: :
D9 D8
Other area:
Significant
numbers
Taxable status 01 ~ 10 (“00” means Non-tax)
:
Yes = 1
No = 0
Allow credit balance. (–, CPN only)
Always “00”
D7
; ;
D6 D5
Yes = 0
No = 1
Allow key operation after <SUBTOTAL>.
Allow key operation after item registration.
a
:
(a+b)
D4
Yes = 0
No = 4
b
High digit limitation (HDL) for manually entered unit price
(“9” means NOT allow manual entry.)
:
Significant
number
D3
No = 0
Yes = 1
Commission 1
Commission 2
Always “0”
a
:
(a+b)
D2
No = 0
Yes = 2
b
;
D1
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-229
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 6
Programming for discount, premium
Description
Choice
Program code
Multiple validation
Yes = 0
No = 4
:
(If “No”, only one validation printing is possible.)
Always “0”
D11
;
D10
U.S., Singapore:
Taxable status 1
No = 0
Yes = 1
a
b
c
No = 0
Yes = 2
; :
(a+b+c)
D9 D8
Taxable status 2
Taxable status 3
No = 0
Yes = 4
Canada:
Taxable 1 = 01, Taxable 2 = 02, Taxable 3 = 03, Taxable 4 = 04
Taxable 1 & 2 = 05, Taxable 1 & 3 = 06,Taxable 1 & 4 = 07
All taxable = 08, Non taxable = 00
Significant
numbers
: :
D9 D8
Other area:
Significant
numbers
Taxable status 01 ~ 10 (“00” means Non-tax)
Yes = 0
No = 2
Allow manual override.
All taxable
a
:
(a+b)
D7
Yes = 4
No = 0
b
:
D6
Yes = 0
No = 1
Allow key operation after <SI/ST>.
:
D5
Rounding:
Round off = 0, cut off = 1, round up = 2
Significant
number
Yes = 0
No = 1
Allow key operation after <SUBTOTAL>.
Allow key operation after item registration.
Always “0”
a
:
(a+b)
D4
Yes = 0
No = 4
b
;
D3
No = 0
Yes = 1
Commission 1
a
:
(a+b)
D2
No = 0
Yes = 2
Commission 2
b
;
D1
Always “0”
P-230
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Programming for deposit+, deposit–
Description
Choice
Program code
Force validation operation.
No = 0
Yes = 1
a
:
(a+b)
D10
(only effective after receipt issuance)
No = 0
Yes = 4
b
Multiple validation (If “No”, only one validation is possible.)
; ;
D9 D8
Always “00”
DEPO+ = 0
:
Key attribution
Open cash drawer.
DEPO– = 1
D7
No = 0
Yes = 2
:
D6
Media definition:
Cash = 0, charge = 1, check = 2, credit = 3
Significant
number
:
D5
Maximum
value (0 ~ 9)
: :
D4 D3
High amount limit specification for entering amounts
Number of
zeros (0 ~ 9)
; ;
D2 D1
Always “00”
Programming for void
Description
Choice
Program code
Yes = 1
No = 0
:
D2
Item delete (When “No” is selected, only a line can be deleted.)
Yes = 4
No = 0
:
D1
Select void reason.
Programming for check endorsement
Description
Choice
Program code
Significant
number
:
Line number of auto-back feed before printing (0 ~ 9)
D7
;;;;;;
D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1
Always “000000”
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-231
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 6
Programming for receipt
Description
Choice
Program code
Significant
number
Maximum number of post receipts (0 ~ 9)
(“0” means 1 post receipt.)
:
D12
; ; ; ;
D11 D10 D9 D8
Always “0000”
1 = 0
2 = 2
Form of post receipt and guest receipt:
a
b
a
b
1 Print out, 2 Display
:
(a+b)
D7
Yes = 4
No = 0
Print current time on guest receipt.
Clear finalized check.
No = 1
Yes = 0
:
(a+b)
D6
No = 0
Yes = 2
Issue post receipt after clerk interrupt/check tracking
Always “00”
; ;
D5 D4
Significant
number
Issue guest receipt to order printer n (n = 1 ~ 7).
(“0” means issuing to R/J.)
:
D3
Significant
number
Line number of guest bottom message (00 ~ 10):
(“00” means no bottom message.)
: :
D2 D1
Programming for #, #/NS
Description
Choice
Program code
Allow mode change or clerk change after non add registration as
first transaction. (only for non-add function)
Yes = 1
No = 0
:
D7
Order character record number (00 ~ 99):
(“00” means no setting.)
Significant
number
: :
D6 D5
Red = 1
Black = 0
:
D4
Order printing color
Yes = 1
No = 0
Print out to Order printer#1.
Print out to Order printer#2.
Print out to Order printer#3.
Print out to Order printer#4.
Print out to Order printer#5.
Print out to Order printer#6.
Print out to Order printer#7.
a
b
c
a
b
c
:
(a+b+c)
D3
Yes = 2
No = 0
Yes = 4
No = 0
Yes = 1
No = 0
:
(a+b+c)
D2
Yes = 2
No = 0
Yes = 4
No = 0
Yes = 1
No = 0
:
D1
P-232
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Programming for arrangement
Description
Choice
Program code
Yes = 0
No = 1
Enable operation in REG mode.
a
b
c
a
b
c
a
b
c
a
b
a
b
c
:
(a+b+c)
D12
Yes = 0
No = 2
Enable operation in REF mode.
Yes = 0
No = 4
Enable operation in REG– mode.
Enable operation in PGM1 mode.
Enable operation in PGM2 mode.
Enable operation in PGM3 mode.
Enable operation in PGM4 mode.
Enable operation in PGM5 mode.
Enable operation in PGM6 mode.
Enable operation in Auto PGM to CF card mode
Enable operation in Auto PGM mode.
Enable operation in X/Z mode.
Yes = 0
No = 1
:
Yes = 0
No = 2
(a+b+c)
D11
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
Yes = 0
No = 2
:
(a+b+c)
D10
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 2
:
(a+b)
D9
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
:
(a+b+c)
D8
Yes = 0
No = 2
Enable operation in Manager mode.
Enable operation in Collection/Consolidation mode.
Arrangement file number
Yes = 0
No = 4
Significant
numbers
: : :
D7 D6 D5
Significant
numbers
: : : :
D4 D3 D2 D1
Arrangement table number
Programming for customer
Description
Choice
Program code
Input method:
Allow replacement = 0, Prohibit replacement = 1,
Add enter value = 2
Significant
number
:
D7
;;;;;;
D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1
Always “000000”
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-233
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 6
Programming for currency exchange
Description
Define amount symbol. (1 ~ 4)
Choice
Program code
Significant
number
:
D7
Significant
number
:
D6
Define foreign currency totalizer. (1 ~ 3)
Significant
number
Rounding:
Round off = 0, cut off = 1, round up = 2
:
D5
;
D4
Always “0”
Significant
number
Monetary mode (0 ~ 2):
º00 = 2, º0 = 1, 0 = 0
:
D3
Decimal = 0
Comma = 1
Monetary symbol for decimal
Monetary symbol for separator
a
:
(a+b)
D3
Comma = 0
Decimal = 4
b
Significant
number
Assigning drawer number (0 ~ 2)
(“0” means drawer 1.)
:
D1
Programming for slip
Description
Choice
Program code
No = 0
Yes = 1
Force slip batch printing from the beginning of the transaction.
a
(If “No”, controlled by general function.)
:
(a+b)
D7
No = 0
Yes = 4
Print current time on slip.
(This option works only at batch print with whole transaction.)
b
Yes = 0
No = 1
:
Clear finalized check.
Always “0000”
D6
; ; ; ;
D5 D4 D3 D2
Yes = 0
No = 1
:
D1
Print Euro total line.
Programming for T/S, TAST
Description
Choice
Program code
Significant
number
Taxable status (00, 01 ~ 10)
(“00” means taxable 1.)
: :
D9 D8
; ; ;
Always “000”
Always “0000”
D7 D6 D5
; ; ; ;
D4 D3 D2 D1
P-234
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Programming for open
Description
Choice
Program code
No = 0
Yes = 1
:
Release high amount limit
D7
;;;;;;
D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1
Always “000000”
Programming for open 2
Description
Choice
Program code
Yes = 0
No = 1
Release customer number compulsory.
Release table number compulsory.
Release check number compulsory.
a
b
c
a
b
a
b
c
a
b
a
b
a
b
Yes = 0
No = 2
:
(a+b+c)
D7
Yes = 0
No = 4
Release credit balance error. (If “Yes”, you can finalize the
transaction even if the subtotal is negative.)
Yes = 0
No = 1
:
(a+b)
D6
Yes = 0
No = 4
Release guest receipt compulsory.
Release validation compulsory.
Yes = 0
No = 1
:
(a+b+c)
D5
Yes = 0
No = 2
Release check endorsement compulsory.
Release check print compulsory.
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 2
Release slip auto batch print compulsory.
Release slip manual batch print compulsory.
Release <LIST> stay down compulsory (Min/Max No.).
Release seat number compulsory.
Release tip declaration compulsory.
Release eat-in/take-out compulsory.
Always “0”
:
(a+b)
D4
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
:
(a+b)
D3
Yes = 0
No = 4
Yes = 0
No = 1
:
(a+b)
D2
Yes = 0
No = 2
;
D1
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-235
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 6
Programming for clerk number
Description
Choice
Program code
Significant
numbers
Clerk secret number (0000 ~ 9999)
(“0000” means no secret number.)
: : : :
D4 D3 D2 D1
Programming for operator X/Z
Description
Choice
Program code
1 = 0
2 = 1
a
1 Issue stand-alone report./2 Issue consolidation report.
1 Print report./2 Display report.
Always “000000”
:
(a+b)
D7
1 = 0
2 = 2
b
;;;;;;
D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1
Programming for subtotal, merchandise subtotal
Description
Choice
Program code
Multiple validation
(If “No”, only one validation printing is possible.)
Yes = 0
No = 4
:
D11
; ; ; ; ;
D10 D9 D8 D7 D6
Always “00000”
Yes = 0
No = 2
Include add-on tax amount. (ST only)
Print when key is pressed.
Always “0000”
:
(a+b)
D5
Yes = 4
No = 0
; ; ; ;
D4 D3 D2 D1
Programming for multiplication, quantity/for, square, cube, Ketten Bon
Description
Choice
Program code
1 = 0
2 = 1
Multiplication procedure: (Ketten Bon and <X> only)
1 Quantity × Amount, 2 Amount × Quantity
:
D6
Significant
number
Rounding:
Round off = 0, cut off = 1, round up = 2
:
D5
; ; ; ;
D4 D3 D2 D1
Always “0000”
P-236
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Programming for selective item subtotal
Description
Choice
Program code
Selective item status (0, 1, 2):
Selective item 1 = 0/1, selective item 2 = 2
Significant
number
:
D11
; ; ; ; ;
Always “00000”
Always “00000”
D10 D9 D8 D7 D6
; ; ; ; ;
D5 D4 D3 D2 D1
Programming for open check
Description
Choice
Program code
Display = 2
Print = 0
:
D7
Display report./Print report
;;;;;;
D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1
Always “000000”
Programming for list
Description
Choice
Program code
Significant
numbers
: : :
Record No. of linking pulldown menu group (4).
D12 D11 D10
Significant
numbers
: : :
Record No. of linking pulldown menu group (3).
Record No. of linking pulldown menu group (2).
Record No. of linking pulldown menu group (1).
D9 D8 D7
Significant
numbers
: : :
D6 D5 D4
Significant
numbers
: : :
D3 D2 D1
Programming for cancel
Description
Choice
Program code
2 = 0
1 = 1
A range of cancellation:
a
1Complete cancellation, 2Current receipt only
:
(a+b)
D1
No = 0
Yes = 2
Correct set menu/pulldown link while it is registered.
b
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-237
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 6
Programming for tax exempt
Description
Choice
Program code
No = 1
Yes = 0
U.S., Singapore:
Exempt tax 1
a
b
c
No = 2
Yes = 0
; :
(a+b+c)
D9 D8
Exempt tax 2
Exempt tax 3
No = 4
Yes = 0
Canada:
Exempt all = 00
Significant
numbers
Exempt tax 1 = 01, Exempt tax 2 = 02, Exempt tax 3 = 03,
Exempt tax 4 = 04, Exempt tax 1 & 2 = 05,
: :
D9 D8
Exempt tax 1 & 3 = 06, Exempt tax 1 & 4 = 07
Significant
number
Other area:
Exempt all = 00, Exempt tax 1 ~ 10 = 01 ~ 10
; ; ; ;
Always “0000”
Always “000”
D7 D6 D5 D4
; ; ;
D3 D2 D1
Programming for clock-in/clock-out
Description
Choice
Program code
The purpose of uses:
Significant
numbers
Use both clock-in and clock-out = 0
Use only clock-in = 1
:
D2
Use only clock-out = 2
Yes = 0
No = 1
:
D1
Print when clock-in or clock-out keys are pressed.
Programming for new check, new/old check
Description
Choice
Program code
No = 0
Yes = 1
:
D7
Enable auto check assignment
;;;;;;
D6 D5 D4 D3 D2 D1
Always “000000”
P-238
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Programming for break-in/break-out
Description
Choice
Program code
The purpose of uses:
Significant
numbers
Use both break-in and break-out = 0
Use only break-in = 1
:
D2
Use only break-out =2
;
D1
Always “0”
Programming for eat-in/take-out
Description
Choice
Program code
No = 1
Yes = 0
U.S., Singapore:
Exempt tax 1
a
b
c
No = 2
Yes = 0
; :
(a+b+c)
D9 D8
Exempt tax 2
Exempt tax 3
No = 4
Yes = 0
Canada:
Exempt all = 00
Significant
number
Exempt tax 1 = 01, Exempt tax 2 = 02, Exempt tax 3 = 03,
Exempt tax 4 = 04, Exempt tax 1 & 2 = 05,
Exempt tax 1 & 3 = 06, Exempt tax 1 & 4 = 07
: :
D9 D8
Significant
numbers
Other area:
Exempt all = 00, Exempt tax 1 ~ 10 = 01 ~ 10
; ;
D7 D6
Always “00”
Not print = 0
Print = 4
:
Print when the key is pressed.
Always “0000”
D5
; ; ; ;
D4 D3 D2 D1
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-239
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 6
Programming for store
Description
Choice
Program code
No = 0
Yes = 1
:
Print VAT breakdown.
Print receipt.
D6
Yes = 0
No = 2
:
D5
; ; ; ;
D4 D3 D2 D1
Always “0000”
Programming for shift PLU
Description
Choice
Program code
1 = 0
2 = 1
Shift:
:
D2
1 Status, 2 Staydown
Significant
number
Define assigning shift PLU number. (0, 1 ~ 8)
(“0” is treated as “1”.)
:
D1
Programming for old check
Description
Choice
Program code
No = 0
Yes = 1
:
D1
Enable to open the finalized check.
Programming for Dutch account
Description
Choice
Program code
Significant
numbers
Maximum customer numbers for one Dutch account
(“00” is treated as “99”.)
: :
D2 D1
Programming for tray total
Description
Choice
Program code
No = 0
Yes = 1
Accumulate “Tray total” to the key totalizer, whenever the
<TRAY TOTAL> key is pressed twice.
:
D1
Programming for recall
Description
Choice
Program code
No = 0
Yes = 1
:
Enable to open the closed check.
D1
P-240
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
7-2-6-6. Scanning PLU link
SCANNING USED RECS
0002 / 0010
— Header/Used record No./Allocated record No.
0001-016
0002-016
0003-016
0004-016
0005-016
02833521>>>>> 0217— Record No./File No./OBR code/Linked PLU record No.
4987244235176 0218
0000000000000 0000
0000000000000 0000
0000000000000 0000
7-2-6-7. Euro program
0001-099
0002-099
0003-099
00000101— Record No./File No./Program
00000101
00200117
7-2-6-8. Auto-program control
0001-905
0002-905
0003-905
0902 01— Record No./File No./Program
0999 00
0000 00
QT-2100 Programming Manual
P-241
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 6
7-2-7 Keyboard
1--------------------------------------— Menu sheet number
001.RCT
0001 002 073— Hard key code/Key descriptor/Record No./File No.
002.NEW/OLD
003.RC
0002 002 093
0003 002 091
/Function code
:
:
168.PLU0093
0093 004 063
2--------------------------------------
001.RCT
0001 002 073
:
:
7-2-8 Memory allocation
FILE001 26
10
59 DL P1 P2 WK
— File No./Length/Number of records/DL/P1/P2/WK
— CL/CL/CL
CL CL CL
FILE002 38
10
FILE003 54
70 DL P1 P2 WK
CL CL CL
4 DL -- -- --
DL: Daily total/PGM/work area, P1: Periodic 1 total
P2: Periodic 2 total, P2: Periodic 2 total
CL: Consolidation area of above file
“--” means no file allocation.
:
:
“*” means the file allocated in the flash.
FILE020 24
FILE045 30
3 DL
:
128 DL
:
FILE989 30
RAM
1187 *DL
:
153728
— Remaining RAM capacity
P-242
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Index ...............................................................................................................P-244
Program 3 mode Hierarchy.......................................................................................... P-247
Program 1 mode Hierarchy.......................................................................................... P-248
Program 2 mode Hierarchy.......................................................................................... P-248
Program 6 mode Hierarchy.......................................................................................... P-248
P-243
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Index
D
Index
Delete RF items from guest receipt P-43
Department descriptors P-145
Department features P-112
Department unit price P-162
Deposit– P-124
Deposit+ P-124
Destination of accumulation for menu totalizing P-56
Display control P-55
A
Accumulate touch PLU menus P-56
Add mode P-41
Allow finalization operation when subtotal is zero P-43
Allow more than one transaction in RF mode P-43
Allow numeric entries P-43
Allow to operate Auto PGM P-84
Allow to operate n-th Menu P-83
Amount or rate to keys P-166, P-167
Arrangement P-38, P-127
Display Report P-48
Dutch account P-134
E
Employee P-74, P-204
Endorsement message P-155
Error when actual stock less than minimum stock P-43
Error when actual stock less than zero P-43
Euro P-78
Arrangement control P-90
Arrangement control by range P-102
Auto program control P-79
B
F
Batch X/Z report P-39
Fixed totalizer descriptors P-151
Flag clear QT-2100 terminal P-14
Follow memu total reset operation P-56
Follow the same QTY as main item P-53
Function control 1 P-85
Function control 1 by range P-97
Function control 2 P-86
Function control 2 by range P-98
Function control 3 P-87
Function control 3 by range P-99
Function control 4 P-88
Function control 4 by range P-100
Function control 5 P-89
Function control 5 by range P-101
Function key descriptors P-148
C
Calculate Price for detail P-53
Calculation type P-62
Cash P-118
Cashier detail P-107
Character programming P-140
Character programming keyboard P-140
Charge P-118
Check P-118
Check endorsement P-124
Check print P-60, P-121
Check tracking P-54
Clearing CHK/TBL No. P-54, P-55
Clerk P-54, P-74, P-77, P-80, P-81, P-82, P-94, P-
208, P-219
Clerk control P-82
Clerk control by range P-94
Clerk features P-80
G
General feature P-41
General procedure of PLU, PLU 2nd@, subdepartment, P-
114
Clerk interrupt P-54
Clerk key ID P-107
GT character P-155
Clerk number P-130
Clerk transfer P-121
H
Hourly sales P-50
Commission rate P-92
Commission rate by range P-104
Communication P-49
Consecutive No. P-41
Copy program change to other teminals P-49
Copying PLU descriptors to PLU 2nd unit price P-147, P-
165
Coupon P-123
Credit P-118
Cube P-131
Currency exchage P-128
Customer P-127
I
I/O parameter P-67
IDC Link P-77, P-78, P-79, P-207
IDC link P-77
Initialize QT-2100 terminal P-8
Inputting characters by code P-142
Issue Post receipt when normal receipt is issued P-43
Item Consolidation P-44
Item descriptors P-143
Item type P-109
P-244
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
J
P
Job Code P-73, P-74, P-205
Journal control P-51
Paid out P-122
Perform stock QTY calculation P-43
Pick up P-122
K
PLU 2nd unit price P-160
PLU 2nd unit price descriptors P-144
PLU 2nd@ features P-110
PLU features P-108, P-136
PLU item descriptors P-143
PLU random code order P-48
PLU unit price P-159
Ketten Bon P-131
Key allocation P-24
Key location change P-26
Keyboard layout P-27
L
PLU unit price and PLU 2nd unit price P-161
PLU/PLU 2nd@/subdepartment/department unit price P-
163
PLU/subdepartment/department descriptors P-146
Post Entry P-53
Limit of number Plus, Minus, Premium, Discount key P-42
List P-71, P-79, P-131, P-132, P-133
Loan P-122
M
Presetting date and time P-158
Print additional items only P-51
Print control P-46
Print Monthly Sales Average P-48
Printer connection P-70
Machine control 1 P-41
Machine control 3 P-44
Machine control 4 P-45
Machine features P-34
Machine number P-41
Printer definition P-203
Maximum Table Amount P-62
Memory allocation P-16, P-17, P-18
Menu shift 1 P-56
Program read general procedure P-170
Program read report sample P-171
Programming hierchy of programming title P-115
Pulldown group P-34
Menu shift 2 P-57
Menu shift after Sign On P-83
Menu shift status/stay down P-83
Menu shift/2nd@ P-83
Menu shift/2nd@ by range P-95
Merchandise subtotal P-130
Message control P-52
Q
Quantity/for P-131
R
Random PLU P-42
Recall P-134
Receipt P-126
Receipt Logo either graphic or text P-52
Receipt message P-149
Receipt on/off P-134
Mode control P-84
Mode control by range P-96
Money declaration compulsory P-43
Multiplication P-131
N
Receipt type P-109
Net total includes commission P-42
Net total includes tax P-42
New balance P-119
Received on account P-122
Remaining memory P-16
Report control 2 P-48
Report headers P-154
Restrict (0 or 5) on the last digit P-43
Rounding P-62
O
Old check P-134
Open 2 P-129
Open check P-131
Rounds %+ or %– operation P-43
Operator X/Z P-130
Order character link P-150
Order color P-109
Order control P-52
Order Print #1 ~ #7 P-109
Origin of reset data to be sent to the master P-49
Overwrite the J-Memo ring buffer P-51
P-245
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Index
S
Scanning PLU link P-136
Schedule P-74, P-206
Scheduler P-58
Selective item subtotal P-131
Sentinel amount P-41
Set menu table P-36
Set menu/condiment P-53
Shift PLU P-134, P-135
Slip P-128
SLIP/Guest P-50
Sort by department P-44
Sort by group P-44
Sort by group/dept with detail P-44
Special characters P-152
Square P-131
ST compulsory P-43
Stock result copy P-49
Storage of TRG operation into journal memory P-50, P-51
Subdepartment descriptors P-144
Subdepartment features P-111
Subdepartment unit price P-162
Subtotal P-130, P-131
System connection P-66
T
T/S P-128
Table analysis P-61
Table range P-93
Table range by range P-105
Table transfer P-121
TAST P-128
Tax Rate(%) P-62
Tax table P-62
Text print P-120
Text recall P-120
Text recall message P-150, P-152
Time & Attendance P-72, P-73, P-74
Time zone P-71
Tip P-121
Tray total P-134
Type of operator P-81
V
VAT recaluculate on X/Z report P-48
Void P-124
Void operation P-81
Void table P-65
X
X/Z report control P-91
X/Z report control by range P-103
Z
Zero-Skip on Report P-48
P-246
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 3 mode Hierarchy
Pulldown group —————————————————————————————Machine feature ———— Program 3
Set menu table ———————————————————————————
Arrangement ————————————————————————————
Batch X/Z —————————————— General feature ———————
Machine control 1 ~ 4 —————
Print control —————————
Report control 1, 2 ———————
Communication ————————
Hourly sales —————————
SLIP/Guest ——————————
Electronic journal control ————
Message control ———————
Order control —————————
Set menu/condiment ——————
Check tracking ————————
Clerk interrupt—————————
Display control ————————
Menu shift 1, 2 ————————
Scheduler —————————————————————————————
Check print —————————————————————————————
Table analysis————————————————————————————
Tax table ——————————————————————————————
Void table —————————————————————————————
System connection —————————————————————————
I/O parameter ————————————————————————————
Printer connection ——————————————————————————
Time Zone —————————————————————————————
General ——————————————— Time & Attendance —————
Job Code———————————
Employee & Schedule —————
Hourly Item Link ———————————————————————————
IDC Link ——————————————————————————————
Euro (Sub Currency) —————————————————————————
Auto Pgm Control ——————————————————————————
Clerk feature ——————————————————————————————Clerk ————————
Clerk control ————————————— Operation (individual) ————
Menu shift/2nd ————————
Mode control —————————
Allowed function 1 ~ 5 —————
Arrangement —————————
Report ————————————
Range (by range)
Commission rate ——————————— (Individual) —————————
Table range ——————————
Range (by range)
Clerk detail —————————————————————————————
Clerk Key ID ————————————————————————————
PLU ————————————————— (Individual) ———————————Key feature —————
PLU 2nd @ ——————————
Subdepartment ————————
Department ——————————
Range (by range)
Receipt type ————————————— Individual program —————
Item type ———————————
Group link ——————————
Department link ————————
Subdepartment link ——————
Taxable status ————————
Commission —————————
Selective item —————————
Order color ——————————
Order printer #1 ~ 7 ——————
Order char link ————————
No. of Bon ——————————
Unit stock ——————————
Minimum stock ————————
Set menu table ————————
List link #1 ~ 4 ————————
Open PLU ——————————
Zero unit price ————————
Negative price ————————
Hash item ——————————
Full hash item —————————
High amount limit ———————
Low digit limit —————————
Multiple validation ———————
Function key ————————————————————————————
Shift PLU ——————————————————————————————
Scanning PLU Link —————————————————————————
P-247
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Index
Program 1 mode Hierarchy
PLU —————————————————————————————————— Unit price/Q’ty ————— Program 1
PLU 2nd @ —————————————————————————————
PLU & PLU 2nd @ —————————————————————————
Subdepartment ———————————————————————————
Department —————————————————————————————
PLU by range ——————————————— Range—————————
PLU 2nd @ by range ————————
Subdepartment by range ———————
Department by range ————————
PLU 2nd@ Copy ——————————————————————————
Amount/Rate to key —————————————————————————
Shift PLU ——————————————————————————————
Program 2 mode Hierarchy
PLU ——————————————————————————————————Item descriptor ————— Program 2
PLU 2nd @ —————————————————————————————
Subdepartment ———————————————————————————
Department —————————————————————————————
PLU by range ——————————————— Range—————————
PLU 2nd @ by range ————————
Subdepartment by range ———————
Department by range ————————
PLU –> 2nd @ copy —————————————————————————
Character & press key ————————————————————————
Receipt/Slip message ——————————————————————————Character & message —
Text recall —————————————————————————————
Order character link —————————————————————————
Fixed totalizer ————————————————————————————
Group character ———————————————————————————
Special character ——————————————————————————
Report header ———————————————————————————
Endorse message ——————————————————————————
GT character ————————————————————————————
P-248
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Program 6 mode Hierarchy
PLU unit price———————————— Unit price & quantity ——————— Program read report —— Program 6
PLU 2nd @ ———————————
Subdepartment unit price —————
Department unit price ——————
Function key rate/price ——————
PLU ———————————————— Item descriptor ————————
PLU 2nd @ ———————————
Subdepartment —————————
Department ———————————
Function key ——————————
Receipt/Slip message ———————— Character & message —————
Text recall ———————————
Order character link ———————
Fixed totalizer character —————
Group character —————————
Special character ————————
Report header —————————
Endorse message ————————
GT character ——————————
Pulldown group ——————————— Machine feature ———————
Set menu table —————————
Arrangement ——————————
Batch X/Z ———————————
General feature —————————
Scheduler ———————————
Check print ———————————
Table analysis——————————
Tax table ————————————
Void table ———————————
System connection ———————
I/O parameter ——————————
Printer connection ————————
Time zone ———————————
Time&Attendance ————————
Hourly item link —————————
IDC link ————————————
Euro (Sub Currency) ———————
Auto Pgm Control ————————
Clerk feature ———————————— Clerk ————————————
Clerk detail ———————————
Clerk Key ID ——————————
PLU feature
PLU 2nd @ feature ————————— Key feature —————————
Subdepartment feature ——————
Department feature ———————
Function key feature ———————
Scanning PLU Link ———————
Keyboard——————————————————————————————
Memory allocation ——————————————————————————
P-249
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
c
IR0202-003001-A
CASIO COMPUTER CO., LTD.
Printed in Japan
QT-2100 PGM*E
6-2, Hon-machi 1-chome
Shibuya-ku, Tokyo 151-8543, Japan
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
|